Socsci Undergrad

U N D E R G R A D U A T E R E G U L A T I O N S & S Y L L A B U S E S 2 0 1 0 – 2 0 1 1
THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Message from the Dean......................................................... 3

Undergraduate Programmes................................................. 4
Academic Calendar ................................................................ 5
Staff Listing............................................................................. 6
Definitions............................................................................. 11
General Regulations for Bachelor of Science Degrees...... 12
Qualifications for Admission . ...................................................... 12
Transfers............................................................................................... 12
Course of Study.................................................................................. 13
Co-Curricular Credits........................................................................ 13
Faculty of Social Sciences (FSS) and the
Faculty of Science and Agriculture (FSA) Agreement
on Student Registration ................................................................ 13
Level I Requirements....................................................................... 13
Foundation Courses ........................................................................ 13
Requirements for Entry to Level II and III.................................. 14
Requirements for the Award of the Degree............................ 14
Regulations for Full-Time Programme...................................... 15
Regulations for Part-Time Programme..................................... 15
Registration / Examinations.......................................................... 15
Coursework......................................................................................... 16 Evening University . ............................................................. 22
Oral Examination for Final Year Students................................. 16 Regulations Governing the UWI for B.Sc. Degrees
Exams only Regulations.................................................................. 17 in the Faculty of Social Sciences ................................................. 22
Policy Statement on the Award of Exemptions and/or Qualifications for Admission......................................................... 22
Exemptions and Credits for Undergraduate Studies Course of Study.................................................................................. 22
in the Faculty of Social Sciences.................................................. 17 Co-Curricular Credits........................................................................ 22
Withdrawal.......................................................................................... 18 Level I Requirements....................................................................... 23
Leave of Absence.............................................................................. 19 Foundation Courses......................................................................... 23
Admission Criteria for Courses offered by the Requirements for Entry to Levels II and III................................ 23
Department of Management Studies....................................... 19 Requirements for the Award of the Degree............................ 23
Admission Criteria for Courses offered by the Rate of Progress/Credits Regulations for the Evening
Department of Economics............................................................. 19 University Programmes ................................................................. 24
Award of Degrees............................................................................. 19 Registration/Examinations............................................................ 24
Award of Honours – Grade Point Average System Coursework......................................................................................... 25
(GPA) Regulations Governing Award of Degrees.................. 19 Oral Examination for Final Year Students................................. 25
Marking Scheme for Examinations in the Faculty of “Exam Only” Regulations................................................................ 25
Social Sciences................................................................................... 20 Transfers............................................................................................... 26
Award of Aegrotat Degree............................................................. 20 Withdrawal.......................................................................................... 26
Special Regulations for Degrees in Hospitality and Leave of Absence.............................................................................. 26
Tourism Management..................................................................... 20 Award of Degrees............................................................................. 27
Franchise Agreements (for Students Transferring From Award of Honours – Grade Point Average System (GPA).... 27
Open Campus Sites.......................................................................... 21 Marking Scheme for Examinations in the Faculty of Social
Sciences................................................................................................ 27
1
General Regulations for Diploma Programmes................. 28 Political Science (Government) Minor....................................... 52

General Regulations for Certificate Programmes ............. 28 Public Sector Management Minor.............................................. 52
Student Prizes....................................................................... 29 Psychology Minor............................................................................. 52
Postgraduate Studies in the Faculty of Social Sciences..... 29 Social Policy Minor............................................................................ 53
Course Listing for B.Sc. Programmes: Specials, Majors, Other Electives................................................................................... 53
Minors.................................................................................... 32 Sociology Minor................................................................................ 54
Before Your Choose Your Courses.................................. 32 Sports Management Minor........................................................... 54
Course Equivalents......................................................... 32 Course Listing for Diploma Programmes:
Specials: Diploma in Public Sector Management.................................... 55
B.Sc. Banking & Finance Special................................................... 33 Diploma in Caribbean Studies .................................................... 55
B.Sc. Economics Special................................................................... 34 Diploma in Security Administration . ........................................ 55
B.Sc. Hospitality and Tourism Management Special Course Listing for Certificate Programmes:
(Hospitality Option) ........................................................................ 35 Certificate in Public Administration........................................... 56
B.Sc. Hospitality and Tourism Management Special Certificate in Local Government Studies.................................. 56
(Tourism Option................................................................................ 36 Certificate in Management information Systems................. 56
B.Sc. international Relations Special........................................... 37 Certificate in Public Sector Human Resource
B.Sc. International Tourism Management Special................. 37 Management...................................................................................... 56
B.Sc. Management Studies Special............................................. 38 Co-Curricular Course........................................................................ 57
B.Sc. Psychology Special................................................................. 39 Language Courses............................................................................ 57
B.Sc. Public Sector Management Special.................................. 40 Course Descriptions:
B.Sc. Social Work Special................................................................. 41 Faculty of Social Sciences............................................................... 58
Majors: Courses Not Offered in 2010/2011............................................. 98
B.Sc. Accounting Major.................................................................... 42 Appendices:
B.Sc. Economics Major..................................................................... 42 I. Special Regulations Governing the Summer
B.Sc. Leadership and Management............................................. 43 School..................................................................................... 105
B.Sc. Management Studies Major................................................ 46 II. Special Regulations for the Diploma in Public
B.Sc. Political Science (Government............................................ 46 Sector Management..........................................................106
B.Sc. Psychology Major.................................................................... 47 III. Special Regulations for the Diploma in
B.Sc. Sociology Major....................................................................... 48 Caribbean Studies...............................................................107
B.Sc. Sports Management Major.................................................. 48 IV. Special Regulations for the Diploma in Security
Minors: Administration.....................................................................107
Accounting Minor............................................................................. 50 V. Special Regulations for the Certificate in Public
Criminology Minor........................................................................... 50 Administration.....................................................................108
Economics Minor............................................................................... 50 VI. Special Regulations for the Certificate in Local
Finance Minor..................................................................................... 50 Government Studies . .......................................................108
Gender and Development Studies Minor................................ 50 VII. Special Regulations for the Certificate in
Human Resource Management Minor...................................... 51 Management Information Systems..............................108
International Relations Minor....................................................... 51 VIII. Special Regulations for the Certificate in
Management information Systems Minor............................... 51 Public Sector Human Resource Management ........109
Management Studies Minor......................................................... 51 IX. Pre-Requisite Listing for Cross Faculty Courses.......110
Marketing Minor................................................................................ 51
2
MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN

Greetings from the Faculty of Social Sciences!
I take pleasure in directing your attention to the contents of the

Faculty of Social Sciences Regulations and Syllabus booklet. It is
designed to provide the student and other interested persons
with a condensed and informative introduction to the Faculty’s
undergraduate programmes.
We at the Faculty trust that you will make good use of this op-
portunity to review the courses we offer. As you discover the wide
range of possibilities that the Faculty places at your disposal, do
not hesitate to ask questions and provide us with suggestions
to make this brochure easier to use.
Once again, I invite you to explore our environment. It is our

proud tradition to encourage you to ask questions about, and to
provide answers to, the challenges and issues facing the Carib-
bean and the wider world.
Please ensure that you read this booklet carefully.
Best wishes,
Dr. Hamid A. Ghany
Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences
3
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
faculty of social sciences
dean’s office
B.Sc. Leadership and Management

Certificate in Local Government Studies
DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF

ECONOMICS MANAGEMENT STUDIES BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE
B.Sc. Economics B.Sc. Accounting Certificate in Public Administration

B.Sc. Banking & Finance Diploma in Public Sector Management
B.Sc. Management Studies B.Sc. Political Science (Government)
B.Sc. Hospitality & Tourism B.Sc. International Relations
B.Sc. International Tourism B.Sc. Psychology
B.Sc. Sports Management B.Sc. Public Sector Management
B.Sc. Soical Work
B.Sc. Sociology
4
ACADEMIC Calender 2010/2011
ACTIVITY SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 3 (SUMMER)
Registration Week August 30 – September 4, 2010
Orientation & Icebreaker (UWI LIFE) September 3, 2010
Semester Begins August 29, 2010 January 23, 2011
Teaching Begins September 6, 2010 January 24, 2011 May 16, 2011
Matriculation Ceremony September 16, 2010
Applications for Leave of Absence Ends September 17 2010 February 11, 2011
Change in Registration (ADD/DROP) - Ends September 17, 2010 February 11, 2011 June 4, 2011
Late registration/late payment Fee of TT$200.00 June 6, 2011

September 13, 2010 February 07, 2011
applies (late fee of TT$150.00 applies)
Applications for Credits and Exemptions- Ends September 17 2010 February 07, 2011
Teaching Ends December 3, 2010 April 21, 2011 July 9, 2011
Examinations Begin December 6, 2010 April 27, 2011 July 13, 2011
Examinations End December 21, 2010 May 13, 2011 July 29, 2011
Semester Ends December 21, 2010 May 13, 2011 July 29, 2011
GRADUATION (St Augustine) October 29 & 30, 2010
5
Secretary/Stenographer
Staff Listing Ms. Alicia Blaise-Fergus
Student matters (course registration, appointments with the
The Faculty Office is located in the new Social Sciences Deputy Dean (Undergraduate Studies)
Administration Building Tel: Ext. 3042
Telephone: 1 (868) 662 2002 Ext. 2027 Email: Alicia.Blaise-Fergus@sta.uwi.edu
Fax: 1 (868) 662 6295
E-mail: fss@sta.uwi.edu Mrs. Karen Harrison
Postgraduate student matters, appointments with the Deputy
Dean Dean (Graduate Studies and Research)
Dr. Hamid A. Ghany Tel: Ext. 2673
Administration of Faculty’s affairs Email: Karen.Harrison@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 2028
Email: Hamid.Ghany@sta.uwi.edu PC SUPPORT TECHNICIAN
Mr. Nigel Moorgan
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER B.Sc., M.Sc., UWI
Mrs. Chandradaye Katwaroo-Ali Installation, maintenance and security of the Faculty’s
B.A. Dip., M.Sc. UWI computer system
Tel: Ext. 3755 Tel: Ext. 2574
Email: Chandradaye.Katwaroo-Ali@sta.uwi.edu Email: Nigel.Moorgan@sta.uwi.edu
IT OFFICER III Ag. ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT

Mr. Manohar Sookhoo Ms. Melissa Dilbar
B.Sc., M.Sc. UWI B.Sc., UWI
Implementation, monitoring and security of the Processing all Faculty financial transactions
Faculty’s Computer Network Tel: Ext. 2407
Tel: Ext. 3851 Email: Melissa.Dilbar@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Manohar.Sookhoo@sta.uwi.edu
Clerical AssistantS
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS Ms. Merquina Lawson
Mrs. Sandra Roopchand-Khan Assists with classroom and tutorial scheduling
B.BA. FAU Tel: Ext. 2406
Undergraduate Programmes, Email: Merquina.Lawson@sta.uwi.edu
Study Abroad Programmes and Events Management
Tel: Ext. 3232 Ms. Jeselle Joseph
Email: Sandra.Roopchand-Khan@sta.uwi.edu Administration
Tel: Ext. 2404
Mrs. Sharon Reddock Email: Jeselle.Joseph@sta.uwi.edu
Campus House Facilities
Tel: Ext. 3654 Ms. Melissa Robertson
Email: Sharon.Reddock@sta.uwi.edu Administration
Tel: Ext 2406
Mrs. Vidiya Mahabir-Ramlakhan Email: Melissa.Robertson-Llewellyn@sta.uwi.edu
Graduate Studies and Maintenance of Plant and Equipment
Tel: Ext. 2672 Ms. Bernadette Bethel
Email: Vidiya.Mahabir-Ramlakhan@sta.uwi.edu Summer School Administration
Tel: Ext. 2408
Mrs. Marissa Joseph-Victor Email: Bernadette Bethel@sta.uwi.edu
APS
Faculty’s Evening University and Summer School Programmes Mrs. Tracey Guiseppi- Francois
Tel: Ext. 2408, 3048 or 645-5383 Summer School Administration
Email: Marissa.Joseph-Victor@sta.uwi.edu Tel: Ext. 2408
Email: Tracey.Guiseppi-Francios@sta.uwi.edu
Dean’s Secretary
Mrs. Chanroutee Naraine Ms. Romona Ramnarain
B.Sc., UWI Administration
Coordinates meetings, schedules and visits, ATSS, HRM Tel: Ext. 2405
Tel: Ext. 2027 Email: Romona.Ramnarain@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Chanroutee.Naraine@sta.uwi.edu
6
Ms. Anita Daniel Alea-Albada, Nicole (Dr.)

Administration B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D University of Florida
Distance and Outreach Programmes Rm. 02
Email: Anita.Daniel@sta.uwi.edu Email: Nicole.Alea-Albada@sta.uwi.edu
Mr. Kwasi Jobity Bissessar, Anne Marie (Professor)

Banner Support B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. UWI
Tel: Ext. 2674 Senior Lecturer
Email: Kwasi.Jobity@sta.uwi.edu Rm. 207
Tel: Ext. 2019
OFFICE ASSISTANTS Email: AnneMarie.Bissessar@sta.uwi.edu
Mr. David Johnson
Maintenance Supervisor Brown, Dennis A (Dr.)
Tel: Ext. 3870 B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.UWI
Email: David.Johnson@sta.uwi.edu Lecturer
Rm. 220
Mr. Roger Singh Tel: Ext. 3053
Full time Programmes Email: Dennis.Brown@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 2409
Email: Roger.Singh@sta.uwi.edu Cambridge, Innette (Dr.)
B.A. Moorhead, L.Soc., M.Soc. Paris,
Mr. Geeno Sookhoo Ph.D. University of Bristol
Evening University Programmes Lecturer
Tel: Ext. 2409 Rm. 211
Email: Geeno.Sookhoo@sta.uwi.edu Tel: Ext. 3062
Email: Innette.Cambridge@sta.uwi.edu
Mr. Anthony Sumair-Worrell
Full time Programmes Cameron-Padmore, Jacqueline (Mrs.)
Tel: Ext. 2409 B.Sc., UWI, M.Sc. Columbia University
Email: Anthony.Sumair-Worell@sta.uwi.edu Lecturer/Practicum Coordinator
Rm. 213
Department of Behavioural Sciences Tel: Ext. 3046
Office: Rooms 233, 235, 237 Email: Jacqueline.Cameron-Padmore@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Exts. 2539, 2024, 2020
E-mail: fss-deptbhsc@sta.uwi.edu Chadee, Derek (Dr.)
B.Sc., Ph.D. UWI
Head Senior Lecturer
Mustapha, Nasser (Dr.) Rm. 04
B.Sc., M.Phil., Ph.D. UWI Tel: Exts. 2172/2402
Tel: Ext. 2023 Email: Derek.Chadee@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Nasser.Mustapha@sta.uwi.edu
Ghany, Hamid (Dr.)
Secretary B.A. UWI, M.A. Fordham, Ph.D. London
Ms. Michylle Arthur School of Economics and Political Science
Tel: Ext. 2020 Senior Lecturer and Dean
Email: Michylle.Arthur@sta.uwi.edu Tel: Ext. 2028
Email: Hamid.Ghany@sta.uwi.edu
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
Mr. Richard Rogers Hadeed, Linda (Dr.)
B.A. UWI, M.Sc. Aberyswtyth University B.A. Pennsylvania, M.SW., Ph.D. Columbia University
Tel: Ext. 3865 Lecturer
Email: Richard.Rogers@sta.uwi.edu Rm. 212
Tel: Ext. 3576
ACADEMIC STAFF Deane House
Agozino, Onwubiko (Professor) (on leave) Tel: 663-6810
B.Sc. Calabar, M.Phil. Cambridge University, Ph.D. Edinburgh Email: Linda.Hadeed@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Exts. 2172/ 2402
Email: Onwubiko.Agozino@sta.uwi.edu
7
Lascelles, Kristy (Dr.) Sullivan, Susan (Dr.)

B.Sc., Univ. of York, D.Phil. Univ. of Sussex B.Sc., Ph.D. Univ. of Sussex
Lecturer Lecturer
Rm. Faculty Office Rm. Faculty Office
Email: Kristy.Lascelles@sta.uwi.edu
Williams, Dianne (Dr.)
McAuley, Robert (Dr.) BS York College (CUNY), MBA HighPoint University, Ph.D
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Cantab.) Capella University
Lecturer Lecturer
Rm. Criminology Office Tel: Ext. 3353
Tel: Ext. 4415 Email: Dianne.Williams@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Robert.McAuley@sta.uwi.edu
Figueira, Daurius (Mr.)
Mahabir, Raghunath (Dr.) (On Leave Semester I and II 2009/2010) BA., M.Phil (Sociology) UWI, St. Augustine
B.A., M.Sc. Ph.D., UWI Assistant Lecturer
Email: Raghunath.Mahabir@sta.uwi.edu Email: Daurius.Figueira@sta.uwi.edu
Marshall, Ronald (Dr.) Seepersad, Randy (Dr.)

B.A. UWI, M.A., Ph.D. Howard University B.Sc., (Psych. & Soc.), M.Phil (Soc. & Dev. Psych.),
Senior Lecturer Ph.D. Criminology Uni. of Toronto
Rm. 225A Lecturer
Email: Ronald.Marshall@sta.uwi.edu Email: Randy.Seepersad@sta.uwi.edu
Nathaniel de Caries, Karene-Anne Department of Economics

B.Sc., UWI, M.Sc. Rutgers Office: Room 203
Lecturer Tel: Exts. 2630, 3231, 2018
Rm. Faculty Office E-mail: fss-deptecon@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 2403
Email: Karene-Anne.NathanieldeCaries@sta.uwi.edu HEAD
Mr. Martin Franklin
Ragoonath, Bishnu (Dr.) B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. McGill
B.Sc. M.Sc., Ph.D. UWI Tel: Ext. 2018
Senior Lecturer Email: Martin.Franklin@sta.uwi.edu
Rm. 209
Tel: Ext. 3047 ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
Email: Bishnu.Ragoonath@sta.uwi.edu Mr. Joel Jordan
Tel: Ext. 3231
Roach, Charlene (Dr.) Email: Joel.Jordan@sta.uwi.edu
B.A., PG Dip, (UWI), MPA, Ph.D. (Arizona State Univ.)
Lecturer SECRETARY
Rm. Faculty Office Ms. Tennille Fanovich
Email: Charlene.Roach@sta.uwi.edu Email: Tennille.Fanovich@sta.uwi.edu
Rollocks, Steve (Dr.) CLERICAL ASSISTANT

B.Sc., M.A. Long Island University, M.A., Ph.D. New Sch. for Social Mrs. Bernadette Hamlet
Research Lecturer Tel: Ext. 2630
Rm. 06 Email: Bernadette.Hamlet@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 2400
Ms. Nicolette Byneal
Sogren, Michele (Ms.) Tel: Ext. 2630
Cert. in Social Work, B.Sc., M.SW., UWI (Mona), CSW, B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. Email: Nicolette.Byneal@sta.uwi.edu
Howard University
Lecturer
Rm. 224A
Tel: Ext. 3061
Email: Michele.Sogren@sta.uwi.edu
8
ACADEMIC STAFF Pantin, Dennis A. (Professor) (on leave 2010-2011)

Alghalith, Moawia (Dr.) B.Sc. UWI, M.Phil. Sussex
Lecturer Professor
Rm. 210 Rm. 205
Email: Moawia.Alghalith@sta.uwi.edu Email: Dennis.Pantin@sta.uwi.edu
Attzs, Marlene (Dr.) Scott, Ewan (Dr.)

B.Sc., M.Sc. Ph.D. UWI, A.Sc., B.Sc. (Agric.), M.Sc. (Agric. Econ.) UWI,
Lecturer Ph.D. Univ. of Florida
Rm. 200 Lecturer
Tel: Ext. 3814 Rm. 208
Email: Marlene.Attzs@sta.uwi.edu Tel: Ext. 3057
Email: Ewan.Scott@sta.uwi.edu
Henry, Lester (Dr.)
B.A. Brooklyn College, CUNY, M.A., Ph.D., Mass. Teelucksingh, Sonja (Dr.)
Lecturer B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc., Ph.D. York (U.K.)
Rm. 214 Lecturer
Tel: Ext. 3044 Email: Sonja.Teelucksingh@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Lester.Henry@sta.uwi.edu
Theodore, Karl (Professor)
Hosein, Roger (Dr.) B.A., M.Sc. Lond., Ph.D. Boston
B.Sc., M.Sc., UWI, Ph.D. Camb. Rm. 206
Lecturer Tel: 662-9459 /645-7351/ Ext. 3230
Rm. 218 Email: Karl.Theodore@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: 3041
Email: Roger.Hosein@sta.uwi.edu DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES
Office: Management Studies Building
La Foucade, Althea (Dr.) Tel: Exts. 3296/3297/2105
B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. UWI, E-mail: fss-deptmgmt@sta.uwi.edu
Lecturer
Rm. 208 Mr. Errol Simms
Tel: Exts. 3057 Head Tel: Ext. 2104
Email: Althea.Lafoucade@sta.uwi.edu Email: Errol.Simms@sta.uwi.edu
Laptiste, Christine (Ms.) Ms. Patsy Marcano

B.Sc., M.Sc. UWI Administrative Assistant
Lecturer Tel: Exts. 3297/2105
Rm. 204 Email: Patsy.Marcano@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 2631
Email: Christine.Laptiste@sta.uwi.edu Ms. Charisse Broome
Administrative Assistant - Pg Dip/MSc in Sports Management
Mahabir, Dhanayshar (Dr.) Tel: Ext. 3724
B.Sc. UWI, M.A., Ph.D. McGill Email: Charisse.Broome@sta.uwi.edu
Lecturer
Rm. 216 Mrs. Pavitra Moonsammy
Tel: Ext. 3233 Secretary
Email: Dhanayshar.Mahabir@sta.uwi.edu Tel: Ext. 2105
Email: Pavitra.Moonsammy@sta.uwi.edu
Mc Lean, Roger (Mr.)
B.Sc., M.Sc., UWI Ms. Carlene Stephens
Lecturer Clerical Assistant
Rm. 222 Tel: Ext. 3296
Tel: Ext. 3055 Email: Carlene.Stephens@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Roger.Mclean@sta.uwi.edu
Mohammed, Anne-Marie (Dr.)

B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. UWI
Lecturer Evening University
Tel: Ext. 2631
Email: Anne-Marie.Mohammed@sta.uwi.edu
9
ACADEMIC STAFF Doukas, Spiro (Dr.)

Arjoon, Surendra (Mr.) B.S. / M.S. State Univ. of NY, Ed.D. US Sports Academy
B.Math Waterloo, M.A. Western Ontario Lecturer
Senior Lecturer Dean’s Office, Faculty of Social Sciences
Rm. 215 Tel: Ext. 2670
Tel: Ext. 2302 Email: Spiro.Doukas@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Surendra.Arjoon@sta.uwi.edu
Fraser, Simon (Mr.)
Balwant, Paul (Mr.) B.Sc., UWI, M.B.A. Columbia
M.Sc., B.Sc., UWI, St. Augustine Lecturer
Lecturer Rm. 210
Rm. 218 Tel: Ext. 2303
Tel: Ext. 3298 Email: Simon.Fraser@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Paul.Balwant@sta.uwi.edu
Jordan-Miller, Leslie-Ann (Dr.)
Bannis, Joseph (Dr.) B.Sc. UWI, Dip., Ph.D. Otago
B.Sc. UWI, MPhil Univ. of Cambridge, PhD Univ. of Missouri-Rolla Lecturer
Lecturer Rm. 219B
Rm. 109 Tel: Ext. 3530
Tel: Ext. 2105 Email: Leslie-Ann.Jordan-Miller@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Joseph.Bannis@sta.uwi.edu
Katwaroo-Rabgir, Sherry (Mrs.)
Baptiste, Roland (Dr.) Lecturer
B.A., M.A. Howard, M.Sc. UMIST, Ph.D., UWI ACMA and B.Sc., UWI
Senior Lecturer Rm. 207
Rm. 208 Tel: Ext. 3502
Tel: Ext. 3301 Email: Sherry.Katwaroo-Rabgir@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Roland.Baptiste@sta.uwi.edu
Lewis-Cameron, Acolla (Dr.)
Baptiste-Cornelis, Therese (Mrs.) B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. Surrey, Ph.D. Brunel University
B.Sc. UWI, M.B.A University of British Columbia Lecturer
Lecturer Rm. 219A
Rm. 109-3 Tel: Ext. 2621
Tel: Ext. 3927 Email: Acolla.Lewis-Cameron@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Therese.Baptiste-Cornelis@sta.uwi.edu
Noel, Dorian (Dr.)
Bhatnagar, Chandra S. (Dr.) B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. UWI, Ph.D. University of Reading, CAIA
B. Comm., M.B.A., Ph.D. Punjabi Univ. Lecturer
Senior Lecturer Rm. 109
Rm. 214 Tel: Ext. 2105
Tel: Ext. 3299 Email: Dorian.Noel@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Chandra.Bhatnagar@sta.uwi.edu
Pacheco, Barney (Dr.)
Brunton, Terence (Mr.) B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. Concordia, Ph.D. Colorado
B.Sc. UWI, M.Sc. Acc. UWI, M.Sc. MIS Penn State Univ. Lecturer
Lecturer Rm. 212
Rm. 206 Tel: Ext. 3300
Tel: Ext. 3305 Email: Barney.Pacheco@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Terence.Brunton@sta.uwi.edu
Raghunandan, Moolchand (Mr.)
Chung, Sean (Mr.) B.Sc. Univ Guyana, M.Sc. UWI
B.Sc., Barry Univ., Miami; M.Sc., UWI Lecturer
Lecturer Rm. 211
Rm. 219A Tel: Ext. 3304
Email: Sean.Chung@sta.uwi.edu Email: Moolchan.Raghunandan@sta.uwi.edu
10
Ramlakhan, Prakash (Mr.) Mr. Garth Joseph

B.Sc. and M.Sc. UWI, C.F.A. Laboratory Assistant
Lecturer Tel: Ext: 3503
Rm. 213 Email: Garth.Joseph@sta.uwi.edu
Tel: Ext. 3563
Email: Prakash.Ramlakhan@sta.uwi.edu DEANE HOUSE
Ms. Victoria Hawkins
Ramlogan, Rajendra (Dr.) Research Assistant
B.A., L.LB. UWI, L.E.C. Hugh Wooding Law School, Tel: 663-3810
L.LM., New York Univ., Ph.D. Cantab. Email: Victoria.Hawkins@sta.uwi.edu
Senior Lecturer
Rm. 204 Mr. Trevor Lutchman
Tel: Ext. 3926 Administration
Email: Rajendra.Ramlogan@sta.uwi.edu Tel: 663-3810
Email: Trevor.Lutchman@sta.uwi.edu
Sahadeo, Christine (Mrs.)
FCCA, CA, EMBA Mr. Narad Sirjoo
Senior Lecturer Maintenance Assistant
Rm. 109(4) Tel: 663-3810
Tel: Ext 3924 Email: Narad.Sirjoo@sta.uwi.edu
Email: Christian.Sahadeo@sta.uwi.edu
Simms, Errol (Mr.) DEFINITIONS

B.Sc., M.Sc. UWI, M.B.A. Ohio In the Regulations, “Free electives” refers to courses listed in the
Senior Lecturer & Head Faculty Handbook which are optional in the degree programme
Rm. 221 concerned.
Tel: Ext. 2104
Email: Errol.Simms@sta.uwi.edu “Level I”, in relation to a Faculty other than the Faculty of Social
Sciences, refers to the stage of a degree programme at the end of
which a candidate who has completed all the examinations is eligible
Computer Laboratory to complete the programme within the next two years without
E-mail: comp_lab@fss.uwi.tt registering for Summer School sessions.
1-868-645-7856 or 662-2002 ext.3558
Address: House No. 2, Lewis Avenue, “Prerequisite” means a course listed in the Faculty Handbook as
St. Augustine Campus one that must be completed before being permitted to register for
another course.
Mr. Anthony Duncan
Laboratory Technician “Co-requisites” refers to pre-requisite course (s) that can be done
Tel: Ext: 3503, 3558 together.
Email: Anthony.Duncan@sta.uwi.edu
“exemptions only” refers to the UWI courses, required for a student’s
Ms. Sophia Persad current programme, for which credits will not be granted because,
B.Sc., UWI the student has already passed these courses in other programmes
Laboratory Technician at the UWI or passed courses of similar content at other recognized
Tel: Ext: 3503, 3558 institutions. In these cases the student will be required to replace
Email: Sophia.Persad@sta.uwi.edu the courses with courses approved by the student’s Department.
Mr. Amar Ramjattan “credits and exemptions” refers to cases where a student is granted
Senior Lab Assistant credits for courses completed and passed in other UWI programmes
Tel: Ext: 3503 or at other recognized institutions. Permission must be granted
Email: Amar.Ramjattan@sta.uwi.edu by the Faculty. These courses will be recorded as pass (CR) on the
student’s academic records. Students are not required to repeat
CAMPUS HOUSE LABORATORY these courses.
Ms. Lisa Stanislaus
Administration Summer School sessions refer to the sessions governed by the
Tel: Ext: 2406 Summer School Regulations.
Email: Lisa.Stanislaus@sta.uwi.edu
11
III. Students who fail the MPT will be required to read and
GENERAL INFORMATION & pass ECON0001before qualifying to read ECON1003.
IV. Incoming Level I students who possess a Pass at
REGULATIONS GCE Additional Mathematics, GCE Advanced Level
Mathematics or CAPE Mathematics will receive an
EXEMPTION (Only) from ECON1003. Such students will
General Regulations for Bachelor of Science be required to read another 3-credit Level I course from
Degrees any discipline on the Campus to complete their Level
I credit requirements.
Qualifications for Admission
1.1 Before registration and before beginning courses in the 1.6 Student Orientation and Academic Advising Sessions
Faculty the candidate must have satisfied the University Both new and continuing students are encouraged to
matriculation requirements for entry to a degree attend Orientation and Academic Advising sessions, held by
programme. the Faculty and the Departments. These sessions serve to
1.2 All applicants to the University of the West indies are bring students up to date on matters such as current course
required to sit the English Language Proficiency Test (ELPT) offerings, pre-requisites, recommended course loads, good
to determine their level of entry to FOUN 1001 English for study habits etc.
Academic Purpose. The following are exempted from taking
the Test: Transfers
• persons who have received a Grade “A” or “B” in the Inter- and Intra-Faculty Transfers
Cambridge GCE Advanced/Ordinary Level General 2.1 Students in another Faculty who have completed Level I of a
Paper examination; degree programme of The University of the West Indies are
• persons who have received a Grade “1” in the CAPE eligible for transfer to the Level II of a degree programme
Communications Studies; offered by the Faculty of Social Sciences. Such students must,
• persons who have received a Grade “1” in CXC General at the time of transfer, have passed courses which satisfy
Proficiency English A Examination. the Level I requirements of the Faculty of Social Sciences,
• Persons who do not have these requirements MUST as well as the prerequisites of the relevant courses of the
sit and pass the English Language Proficiency Test programme into which they are seeking a transfer.
(ELPT)
2.2 Transfers may also be offered to any student registered in
English Language Proficiency Test (ELPT) any other Faculty of The University of the West Indies who
The ELPT is usually held three times in the academic year; at has successfully completed the Level I prerequisites to Levels
the beginning of the year (August); and at the end of each II and III courses in the intended Major or Special and has
semester (April, and November /December). To register to sit also completed the required foundation course(s).
the ELPT test kindly contact: English Language Foundation
Programme, Faculty of Humanities and Education, 3rd Floor 2.3 For transfer to the Level II of a degree programme offered
Campus House, Eastern Main Road, St Augustine, Trinidad by the Faculty of Social Sciences (Mona), students registered
and Tobago. Telephone contact: (868) 662-2002 ext 3661. prior to 1998-99 may include among the courses passed:
Essentials in English (UC010, UC001) or Use of English
1.3 Applicants for entry into Majors and Specials offered by the (UC120).
Faculty of Social Sciences are required to have a minimum of
a Grade II before 1998 or Grade III after 1998 in Mathematics 2.4 Students who wish to transfer to programmes in the
at the CSEC General Level / O’ Level or a qualification deemed Department of Management Studies must have a
by the Faculty Board to be equivalent. cumulative GPA of at least 3.3.
1.4 Level I Students who passed CXC General Proficiency 2.5 Students who wish to transfer to programmes in the
Mathematics with a grade less than two (2) or who have Department of Economics must have a cumulative GPA of
been away from Mathematics for at least five (5) years, are at least 3.0.
required to read the ECON 0001 Remedial Mathematics
before reading ECON 1003. 2.6 Students who wish to transfer to the following programmes
in the Department of Behavioural Sciences must have a
1.5 Policy of The Department of Economics with respect to cumulative GPA as stated below:
ECON 1003 – Introduction To Mathematics Psychology – minimum GPA of 3.3; Public Sector
I. A Mathematics Proficiency Test (MPT ) must be Management, Sociology, Government (Political Science),
written by all students who are desirous of reading International Relations, Social Work - minimum GPA of 2.5
ECON1003 but do not have a Pass at GCE Additional
Mathematics, GCE Advanced Level Mathematics or
CAPE Mathematics
II. Students who pass the MPT will qualify to register for
ECON1003 in Semester II or Summer.
12
Note: Request for (a) Change in Option and (b) Change FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES (FSS)
in Enrollment Status – Approval granted in Semester I is
effective in Semester II. Approval granted in Semester II is
AND THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE AND
effective the next academic year. AGRICULTURE (FSA) AGREEMENT ON
STUDENT REGISTRATION
Course of Study Bearing in mind the number of places that FSS makes available
3. Candidates for any of the degree programmes must pursue to FSA students pursuing approved options/ majors/ double
a course of study comprising at least ninety (90) credits majors, it was agreed that students of the Faculty of Science
with at least thirty (30) credits at Level I and sixty (60) and Agriculture will not be directly admitted into minors.
credits at Levels II and III. The Faculty Board may require However, they can declare minors if they are able to satisfy the
that registration in particular courses be timed to ensure requirements of the given minor through pursuance of courses
that the course of study extends over either at least five during the Summer semester or otherwise.
(5) semesters and two (2) Summer School sessions or six
(6) semesters. For students from FSA wishing to do FSS courses, please see
listing with pre-requisite requirements in Appendix IX.
Co-curricular Credits
4.1 Students will be eligible for no more than three (3) credits Level I Requirements
for involvement in co-curricular activities. The activities may 5.1 Students must satisfy the requirements for a minimum of
be Campus specific. thirty (30) credits at Level I comprising:
a. such foundation courses as are required and offered;
4.2 Co-curricular credits will be awarded on the following b. other compulsory courses in the chosen degree option as
basis: specified in the Faculty Handbook;
a. students must be involved in the activity for at least c. free electives to bring the total credits to thirty (30).
one (1) semester;
b. explicit learning outcomes must be identified for each Foundation Courses
activity; 5.2 a. As of 1998-99 all students registered in The University of
c. there must be clearly defined mode(s) of assessment the West Indies will be required to complete a minimum
for each activity.
of nine (9) credits of foundation courses. These courses
are Level I courses designed to promote sensitivity to,
4.3 A Faculty Coordinator will be appointed, with the
and awareness of, distinctive characteristic features
responsibility for the awarding of co-curricular credits.
of Caribbean cosmologies, identities and culture. The
foundation courses comprise:
4.4 Co-curricular activities will be graded Pass/Fail.
i. FOUN 1001 (FD10A)- English for Academic
Purposes
4.5 All co-curricular activities/programmes must be approved
ii. FOUN 1210 (FD12A) - Science, Medicine and
in advance by the Faculty and Academic Board.
Technology in Society
4.6 Subject to Faculty regulations, co-curricular credits will iii. FOUN 1101 (FD11A) - Caribbean Civilization
form part of the ninety (90) credits REQUIREDfor a degree. iv. FOUN 1301 (FD13A) - Law, Governance, Economy
However, in special circumstances, if credits are earned in and Society
excess of those required for the degree, these credits and v. any other course approved for this purpose by the
the associated activity will be included on the student’s Board of Undergraduate Studies
transcript.
b. Students registered in the Faculty of Social Sciences will
4.7 Co-curricular course credits can only be counted as Level be required to include among such foundation courses
One course credits. FOUN 1001 English for Academic Purposes.

The Co-curricular course offered by the Faculty of Social Sciences: c. The elective Foundation course "Law, Governance,
(COCR 1012 ) “Workplace Protocol for Students Programme” Economy and Society" will not count for credit in the
programme of the Faculty of Social Sciences except
with the permission of the Dean.
d. Exemption in whole or in part from the requirements

under sections 5.2a and 5.2b may be granted from time
to time by the Board for Undergraduate Studies.
Requirements for Entry to Level II and

III
6. Students are required to satisfy prerequisites (where they
exist) for Level II and III courses.
13
Requirements for the Award of the • International Tourism Management

(St. Augustine)
Degree • Management Studies (Cave Hill, St. Augustine)*
7.1 In order to qualify for the award of a degree a student Psychology (St. Augustine) *
must: • Public Sector Management (Cave Hill,
a. have completed a minimum of ninety (90) credits St. Augustine)*
(normally equivalent to thirty (30) semester courses) • Sociology (Cave Hill)
of which: • Social Work (Mona, St. Augustine) *
i. at least thirty (30) credits are from Level I • Tourism Management (Cave Hill, Mona, Bahamas)
semester courses (including the foundation course * Specials offered at St. Augustine Campus with
requirement), and which Minors can be declared
ii. at least sixty (60) credits from Levels II and III
semester courses 7.3.2 A major is available from among the following subject
b. have satisfied the requirements for their specific degree areas:
programmes • Accounting (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
c. have attained a minimum GPA of 1.0 from Level II and • Economics (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
III courses. • International Relations (Mona)
• Leadership and Management (St. Augustine)
7.2 Degrees are offered in the following categories: • Management Studies (Cave Hill, Mona,
Special Major St. Augustine)
Special and one Minor (where possible) • Political Science (Cave Hill, Mona, St Augustine)
Double major Public Administration (Mona)
Major and one minor • Public Sector Management (Cave Hill)
Major and two minors • Psychology (Mona, St. Augustine)
• Sociology (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
7.3 A student must be formally registered in one of these
• Sports Management (St. Augustine)
categories:
• Statistics (Mona)
• A special comprises a minimum of forty-five (45) credits
in the subject area over Levels II and III. 7.3.3 Minors may be declared from among the following
• A major is made up of a minimum of thirty (30) credits subject areas:
in the subject area over Levels II and III. • Accounting (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
• A double major is made up of a minimum of thirty (30) • African and African Diaspora Studies (Mona)
credits each in two subject areas over Levels II and III. • Criminology (St. Augustine)
Students cannot read for Psychology as a second major. • Demography (Mona)
Students may also request to pursue a second Major • Economics (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
from another Faculty. Students wishing to pursue • Finance (St. Augustine)
double majors must apply in writing to The Assistant • Gender & Development Studies
Registrar, Student Affairs, Admissions. (St. Augustine)
• A major/minor comprises a minimum of thirty (30) • History (Cave Hill)
Level II and III credits in the subject area of the major • Human Resource Management
and fifteen (15) Level II and III credits in the subject area • (St. Augustine)
of the minor. • International Relations (Mona, St. Augustine)
• Law (Cave Hill)
7.3.1. A special degree is available from among the following
• Management Studies (Cave Hill, Mona,
subject areas only:
• St. Augustine)
• Accounting (Cave Hill, St. Augustine)
• Management Information Systems
• Banking and Finance (St. Augustine)
St. Augustine)
• Economics (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)*
• Marketing (St. Augustine)
• Business, Economics & Social Statistics (Mona)
• Mathematics (Cave Hill)
• Hospitality and Tourism Management
• Political Science (Cave Hill, Mona, St Augustine)
(Cave Hill)
• Public Sector Management (Cave Hill,
• Hotel Management (Cave Hill, Mona,
St. Augustine)
St. Augustine, Bahamas)
• Psychology (Cave Hill, Mona, St. Augustine)
• Hospitality and Tourism (Hospitality option)
• Sociology (Mona, St. Augustine)
(St. Augustine)
• Social Policy Administration (Mona)
• Hospitality and Tourism (Tourism option)
• Social Policy (St. Augustine)
(St. Augustine)
• Social Psychology (Mona)
• International Relations (St. Augustine) *
• Sports Management (St. Augustine)
• Statistics (Mona)
14
7.3.4 The degree majors with which the above minors may Regulations for Part-time Programme
be combined will be approved by the Faculty Board and 9. a. A part-time programme is offered for Level I of the B.Sc.
Board for Undergraduate Studies and listed as programme degree at the Cave Hill, Mona and Open campuses.
offerings in the Faculty Handbook. Minors must be The B.Sc. Social Work at the St. Augustine Campus is
declared by the end of the registration period of the not offered on a part-time basis and only the B.Sc.
student's final semester. If this is not done, and if the Accounting is offered on a part-time basis at Level I at
student does not satisfy the course/credit requirements the St Augustine Campus. Levels II and III are available in
for the requested minor, the minor will not be declared. all programmes offered at the Cave Hill Campus. At the
For the purpose of this regulation, the end of registration Mona Campus part-time is offered in B.Sc. Management
means the “Add/Drop” period. Studies (major) B.Sc. Accounting(major) and the B.Sc.
International Relations (major). Part-time registration
7.3.5 Students may also request to combine a Social Sciences is not permitted at Levels II and III at the St. Augustine
major with a minor offered by another Faculty. To do this, Campus.
the permission of the Deans of both Faculties must be
obtained. Students wishing to do a Major or Minor offered b. The Faculty Board may require that the timing of
by the Department of Management Studies are to bear registration in particular courses be such as to ensure
in mind Regulation 16 (i), Admission Criteria for Courses that the course of study for the Level I programme
offered by the Department of Management Studies. extends over at least three (3) semesters inclusive of
one (1) Summer School session.
7.3.6 A student may with the permission of the Dean change
any Major, Special or Minor for which they registered. c. A part-time student whose GPA for a given semester
is less than or equal to 0.75 shall be deemed to be
Regulations for Full-time Programme performing unsatisfactorily, and shall be placed on
8. A full-time student: warning. A student on warning whose GPA for the
a. shall complete the degree programme in not more succeeding semester is less than 0.75, will be required
than eleven (11) semesters and five (5) Summer School to withdraw.
sessions;
d. Once a part-time student transfers into the full-time
b. will, unless the Academic Board approves otherwise on programme, he/she is required to maintain the rate of
the recommendation of the Faculty Board, be required progress associated with the full-time programme.
to register for ten (10) semester courses in any one
(1) year and five (5) semester courses in any one (1) Note: Credits gained from courses done in another programme
semester. Permission may be sought for not more than will not be counted towards the rate of progress.
one additional course for the year by any student who
needs that course for completion of the requirements
for their degree or who has been awarded a grade of
Registration / Examinations
10. a. Students will be examined during each semester and
‘A’ as the examination mark for more than half of their
the Summer session in the courses for which they are
courses which have been registered in the Faculty.
registered.
c. a student whose GPA for a given semester is
b. a course may be examined by one or more of the
less than or equal to 0.75 shall be deemed to be
following methods:
performing unsatisfactorily and shall be placed on
i. written examination papers
warning. A student on warning whose GPA for the
succeeding semester is less than 0.75, will be required ii. oral examination (under the conditions in
to withdraw. Regulation 12
iii. practical examinations
Note: Credits gained from courses done in another programme iv. coursework (which may include written in-
will not be counted towards the rate of progress. course tests, practical work, dissertations, essays,
Full-time students may engage in employment for not more projects, studies and other forms of coursework
than twelve (12) hours per week. as approved by the Faculty Board or the Campus
Committee on Examinations).
c. In the Faculty of Social Sciences at the St. Augustine

Campus a course normally constitutes three (3) credits
unless otherwise expressed.
d. A student failing a course may, subject to the rate of

progress requirements of these regulations, be allowed
to substitute another approved course in a subsequent
semester or repeat the failed course.
15
e. All optional courses (electives) listed in the various Coursework

degree programmes in the Faculty Handbook will not 11. a. In the case of examination by coursework a student
necessarily be available in any one year. gaining an overall mark higher than 40% but passing in
only one component will be required to repeat at the
f. Deadlines for changes of registration including next available sitting the component that was failed.
withdrawal from or addition of courses will be as
prescribed in University Regulations. b. Only a coursework mark of 40% will be transferred within
the period outlined i.e. one (1) year limit. A student who
g. Not for Credit (NFC) meets this requirement must not attempt coursework
Persons wishing to pursue a course(s) to be considered for the said period, as this approval will become null and
as Not for Credit (NFC) must seek approval prior to void.
registering for the course. All such requests must be
made, in writing, or in the required form, to the Dean c. A student who is absent from a coursework examination
of the Faculty, through the Assistant Registrar, Student may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for exemption
Affairs (Admissions). from this examination no later than one (1) week after
the date of this examination. He/she must at the same
A course designated at registration as Not For Credit time submit to the Campus Registrar justification for
(NFC) shall not count for the purpose of assessing such absence (such as, in case of illness, a medical
Honours. Where a student fails to specify the course certificate complying with any applicable Examination
which is Not for Credit, the date(s) on which such Regulations). The Dean shall consider any such request
course(s) were registered shall be used to make a for exemption in consultation with the relevant Head
determination. of Department and course lecturer. If the exemption is
granted, the percentage mark available to be awarded
h. Registration for a course constitutes registration for the for the final examination will be increased accordingly.
examination in that course.
d. A student may request to submit coursework
i. A student will be deemed to have registered for a course assignments, essays, etc. after the stipulated deadline
when his/her financial obligations to the University date on the basis of appropriate justification (such as,
have been fulfilled. in case of illness, a medical certificate complying with
any applicable Examination Regulations). This request
j. A student who does not take an examination in a course must be normally made within forty-eight (48) hours
for which he/she is registered is deemed to have failed after the stipulated deadline date and must be addressed
that examination unless permission to be absent has to the Dean, who in consultation with the relevant
been granted. Head of Department and course lecturer may allow
the extension. The Dean, acting on the advice of the
k. A student who, on grounds of illness or in other special relevant Head of Department and course lecturer, may
circumstances as referred to in Examination Regulation consider requests for exemption from submission of the
17, fails to take an examination in a course for which he/ coursework assignment, essays, etc. If the exemption is
she is registered, may be given special consideration by granted, the percentage mark available to be awarded
the Board of Examiners to take the examination at the for the final examination will be increased accordingly.
next available opportunity, without penalty.
l. Students are asked to pay special attention to

Oral Examination for Final Year
Examination Regulation 19 which states: Students
12. a. The Board of Examiners MAY recommend to the
“Any candidate who has been absent from the department concerned that a student who has failed
University for a prolonged period during the year for the last one or two course(s) required to complete their
any reason other than illness or whose attendance at degree be offered an oral examination in the course(s)
prescribed lectures, classes, practical classes, tutorial provided that he/she has obtained, in each instance, a
or clinical instructions has been unsatisfactory or who mark of at least 35% for the course(s).
has failed to submit essays or other exercises set by his
teachers may be debarred by the relevant Academic b. If an oral examination is granted the student may
Board, on the recommendation of the relevant Faculty choose to decline the offer.
Board, from taking any University examinations.”
c. The oral examination, which will be of a maximum
length of one (1) hour, will be held as soon as possible
after the previous examination and within the academic
year in which the student Is expected to graduate.
The student must contact the department concerned
immediately so that arrangements may be made for
the oral examination.
16
d. The oral examination will concern the course as a Policy Statement on the Award of
whole, and not be restricted to the questions set in
the examination, which the student sat previously. The
Exemptions and/or Exemptions and
first examiner and at least one other examiner must be Credits for Undergraduate Studies in
present at an oral examination. The Faculty of Social Sciences
14. The granting of exemptions and credit/exemptions are as
e. If the examination is passed, the student cannot be follows:-
awarded a grade higher than 40% (D) and this grade a. From UWI Certificates –
will replace the once up to this point previously gained A student who, prior to taking the Certificate has:
for the course. (i) normal level matriculation (five (5) O-Levels and
two (2) or more A-Levels) will receive credits and
f. If he/she fails the oral examination, the student will not exemptions for all Level I courses successfully
have any right of appeal or review. completed up to a maximum of thirty (30) credits/
exemptions, i.e. 10 courses.
g. A student will be allowed only one (1) oral examination
for any one (1) course. (ii) lower level matriculation (a minimum of five (5)
O-Levels) will receive credits and exemptions for
“EXAMS ONLY” REGULATIONS all Level I courses successfully completed up to a
13.1 A student may seek permission to write “EXAMS ONLY” maximum of eighteen (18) credits/exemptions, i.e. 6
in the following circumstances, after having been courses.
registered for and attending classes in a course (s):
(iii) no matriculation/mature route (up to four (4)
a. He/She has failed one or two of the final courses
O-Levels) will receive credits and exemptions for
needed to complete degree/certificate/diploma
all Level I courses successfully completed up to a
requirements and obtained a mark as prescribed
maximum of twelve (12) credits/exemptions, i.e. 4
by respective faculty regulations.
courses.
b. He/She has obtained a medical excuse, certified
by the UWI Medical Officer for not having
Granting Exemption Only (no Credit) from a particular
attempted an exam.
course means that the student must do another course
c. In exceptional circumstances, the Dean may
approved for their degree programme in order to satisfy
grant a student a deferral from sitting as exam
their credit requirement.
and permission to take it on a subsequent
occasion, by virtue of special assignments
Also, the granting of credits and exemptions in no way
overseas for an employer (part-time students
exempts a student from the University requirement of
only) or by virtue of being selected to represent
pursuing and passing nine (9) credits of foundation
the country on a national team. In both instances,
courses.
formal representation will have to be made by
the employer / national association.
The granting of exemptions and credits/exemptions
must be based on equivalency to courses in each
13.2 Missing an Exam
degree option.
If a student misses an examination for any other
reasons, he/she will be obliged to register again for
In keeping with UWI’s policy, exemptions and credits/
the full course. However, in the Faculty, Departments
exemptions will only be granted for courses which
may, on being advised of the situation, allow the
have been successfully pursued within the last five (5)
student’s coursework/mid-term marks ( If it within
years.
one academic year) to be applied and he/she will only
have to write the final exam.
b. From UWI Diplomas –
A student who, prior to pursuing a Degree, has
successfully completed a Diploma
(i) will receive credits and exemptions up to a maximum
of eighteen (18) credits/exemptions, i.e. 6 courses, of
which nine (9) credits/exemptions must be Level I
courses.
c. A student who has successfully pursued both a UWI

Certificate and Diploma
(i) will receive credits and exemptions up to a maximum
of twenty-seven (27) credits/exemptions, i.e. 9
courses, of which eighteen (18) credits/exemptions
must be Level I courses.
17
d. A student who is currently enrolled in a Degree 14.1 Students doing Study Abroad
programme, and pursues courses in the Summer (i) Students who seek to do part of their programme at
Programme, will be granted credits and exemptions another university (a maximum of two (2) semesters
for all courses pursued towards the completion of his/ which must not include the final semester of full-time
her degree, providing that the course(s) pursued in study) must have the courses they intend to do at the
the Summer Programme is/are deemed the same or overseas university assessed for equivalence by the
equivalent to that offered in the normal stream. relevant department at St. Augustine BEFORE proceeding
to study abroad. The request to study abroad and the
e. A student who has successfully completed individual course approved by the department must then be
courses in the Summer Programme before enrolment submitted through the Faculty to obtain Academic Board
in a Degree programme, i.e. did not enrol in any of the approval.
Certificate or Diploma programmes, will be granted up
to a maximum of twelve (12) exemptions/credits i.e. 4 (ii) When the students’ results are received from the overseas
courses. university, and have been evaluated and approved,
the student will then receive credit for the courses as
f. A student who has been accepted to pursue any substitutes for the St. Augustine equivalent.
Certificate or undergraduate Diploma programme
offered by the Faculty of Social Sciences, and has (iii) It should be noted that first year (100 level) courses in
successfully completed a programme approved by the American four-year undergraduate programme or
the Division of External Relations and Inter- and Intra- elsewhere, will NOT usually warrant any exemption from
Institutional Collaboration (ERIIC), will be granted up UWI courses.
to a maximum of nine (9) credits/exemptions.
14.2 Students doing a course(s) at other universities to
g. A student seeking exemptions/credits in excess of complete their degree programme:
the limits stated in f. above will be granted exemption (i) In an instance where students may be migrating/must
only and will be required to pursue a substitute course be away from the country for a significant period and
relevant to the field of study. have few courses to complete their UWI degree there
may be discretionary decisions made by the Faculty and
h. From three-year Associate Degree Programme sanctioned by Academic Board to accommodate them.
Accredited Tertiary Learning Institutions (TLI):
Withdrawal
(i) Credits/ exemptions will be granted for all courses 15.1 A student whose GPA for a given semester is less than or equal
that have been assessed by UWI (in 1998) for to 0.75 shall be deemed to be performing unsatisfactorily, and
equivalency with specific UWI courses if a minimum shall be placed on warning. A student on warning whose GPA
B grade (TLI grading) has been achieved. * for the succeeding semester is less than 0.75, will be Required
To Withdraw (RTW).
*This exercise is an on-going one and TLI courses approved by
the relevant Assessment Committee after 1998 will be granted 15.2 A candidate who has been required to withdraw from the
exemptions/credits. Faculty may apply to the Faculty for re-admission one (1)
year after withdrawal. Each case will be considered on its
i. From other universities: own merit, but will only succeed if the Faculty is satisfied that
(i) A student transferring from another university to the circumstances attending the reasons for the withdrawal
register for a UWI degree will have to do a minimum have been altered substantially.
of two years of full-time study (60 credits).
15.3 Students thus admitted to a Faculty may in accordance with
(ii) Unless Departments already have a record of its regulations be granted exemption from Level I courses
the particular courses, course outlines are to be subject to there being no change in the content of the
submitted for departments to make an assessment. courses and provided that no more than five (5) years have
Any course approved by departments will earn elapsed since the date of withdrawal. Level II University
students credit/exemption from UWI equivalent courses, for the purposes of exemption, may be treated in
courses – up to the limit indicated by (a) above i.e. the same way as Level I Faculty courses.
up to a maximum of 30 credits/exemptions.
15.4 Students from one faculty who had been required to
(iii) Exemptions only may be granted for any course(s) withdraw from the University for failing to complete their
in excess of limit indicated. degree programme within the stipulated period may be
admitted to another faculty after a minimum period of one
(1) year has elapsed since their withdrawal. Such students
may be granted exemption from Level I courses relevant to
the new programme subject to regulations 15.2 and 15.3
above.
18
15.5 Students required to withdraw from the University for failing Admission Criteria for Courses
to complete their Diploma or Certificate programme may be
re-admitted to the Faculty after a minimum period of one (1)
Offered by the Department of
year has elapsed since their withdrawal. Such students shall ECONOMICS
not be granted exemptions from courses in the programme 18. Students who wish to pursue the Major in Economics and
previously passed. were not admitted under any of the approved Economics
specializations, majors or minors must:
Leave of Absence (i) attain a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 in their previous
16. i. A candidate who for good reason wishes to be absent
courses in order to be eligible for admission into Levels II
from an academic programme for a semester or more
/III Economics courses.
must apply for formal leave of absence to the Campus
Faculty Board, through the appropriate Dean, stating
the reason for the application. Award of Degrees
19. Notification of Results
ii. The length of such leave of absence, if granted, will For those candidates who have completed the requirements
be subject to approval by the Academic Board of of the B.Sc. degree a pass list shall be published and arranged
the Campus concerned, but will not exceed one (1) alphabetically in the following categories:
academic year in the first instance terminating at the i. First Class Honours
end of the academic year for which the application is ii. Second Class Honours
approved. iii. Upper Division
iv. Lower Division
iii. Leave of absence will not be granted for more than two v. Pass
(2) consecutive academic years.
Award of Honours –
iv. Leave of absence may be granted for one (1) semester
or for an academic year.
Grade Point Average System (GPA)
Regulations governing Award of
v. Applications for leave of absence for a semester shall Degrees
normally be submitted by the end of the third week of 20. (i) The class of degree to be awarded shall be determined
the relevant semester. on the basis of a weighted Grade Point Average
(GPA).
vi. Applications for leave of absence for the academic year
shall normally be submitted by the end of the third (ii) In the calculation of the weighted GPA, a weight of zero
week of Semester I. shall be attached to all Level I courses.
vii. A student who voluntarily withdraws from the (iii) Levels II and III courses shall have equal weight in the
University and who applies for re-admission within determination of the weighted GPA.
five (5) years shall be granted exemption and credit
for courses previously passed, subject to the time limit (iv) A course designated at registration as not for credit (NFC)
for the maintenance of credit stipulated in the relevant shall not count in the determination of the weighted
Faculty Regulations. All grades previously obtained GPA.
shall be used in the determination of the student’s
GPA. (v) Core courses satisfying the requirements of
specializations, majors and minors must be taken into
Admission Criteria for Courses account in the determination of the weighted GPA.

Offered by the Department of (vi) The class of degree shall be awarded as follows:
Management Studies First Class Honours – Weighted GPA of 3.60 and
17. Students who wish to pursue Management Studies courses above
and programmes and were not admitted under any of the Second Class Honours, Upper Division – Weighted
approved Management Studies specializations, majors or GPA 3.00 – 3.59
minors or approved double majors offered in conjunction Second Class Honours, Lower Division – Weighted
with the Faculty of Science and Agriculture must: GPA 2.00 – 2.99
Pass – Weighted GPA 1.00 – 1.99
(i) attain a cumulative GPA of at least 3.3 (B+ average) in their
previous courses in order to be eligible for admission into
Levels II /III Management courses.
(ii) Students who are desirous of pursuing Level I Management

Studies courses will only be admitted with the approval
of the Head of the Department of Management Studies
or his/her designated nominee(s)
19
Marking Scheme for Examinations in All applications for an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate must
be referred by the Registrar to the Faculty Board of Examiners
the Faculty of Social Sciences and the Board for Examinations for a recommendation to Board
21. (i) In the determination of GPA, the grades with
for Undergraduate Studies. Applications from or on behalf of
corresponding quality points shall be as defined in the
candidates must be accompanied by a medical certificate signed
University Regulations governing the GPA.
by (a) University Health Officer, or (b) the Dean of the Faculty of
Medical Sciences in consultation with the appropriate members
(ii) The authorized marking scheme is as follows:
of the Medical School, (c) or other medical personnel appointed
for this purpose by the University, and shall reach the Registrar
GRADE GPA MARKS
not later than thirty (30) days from the last examination paper
written by the candidate.
A+ 4.3 86 and over
A 4.0 70 – 85
In assessing an application for an aegrotat degree, diploma or
A- 3.7 67 – 69
certificate, reports from the appropriate Heads of Departments
B+ 3.3 63 – 66
on the candidate’s work should be taken into consideration. Oral
B 3.0 60 – 62
examinations, where possible, by internal examiners may be an
B- 2.7 57 – 59
aspect of examinations for the award of an aegrotat degree.
C+ 2.3 53 – 56
C 2.0 50 – 52
An aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate will be awarded
C- 1.7 47 – 49
without distinction or class.
D+ 1.3 43 – 46
D 1.0 40 – 42
Holders of an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate will not
F 0.0 Less than 40
be permitted to re-enter for the same examination but may
proceed to a higher degree if accepted by the Board for Graduate
Award of Aegrotat Degree Studies.
(Degree, Diploma & Certificate Programmes)
1. A candidate taking examinations in respect of a final degree,
diploma or certificate programme and who had been absent Special Regulations
through illness from one or more papers, may apply for the
award of an aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate on the for Degrees in
following conditions.
a. Where the whole of the final examination for a degree, Hospitality and Tourism
diploma or certificate is taken at the end of the final year
of the course and he/she has completed more than half Management
of the final examination but has been absent from the 1 Introduction
remainder of that examination. The University of the West Indies, St. Augustine in
collaboration with the Trinidad and Tobago Hospitality
b. Where the final examination is in two or more parts (the and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) offers a Degree Programme
award of the degree, diploma or certificate depending in Hospitality and Tourism Management, which is delivered
on performance in each of these parts) and he/she has through the Department of Management Studies at the St.
successfully completed the first one or two parts and more Augustine campus, and the Trinidad and Tobago Hospitality
than half of the final part, but has been absent from the and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) at Chaguaramas.
remainder of the examination for the final part.
2. Programme Structure
c. Where the final examination is in two parts and the Years I and II are administered at TTHTI and Years III and IV
student has completed the first part (second year) with a are administered at UWI, St. Augustine. In order to qualify for
B average or higher and his coursework during the final the award of the degree a student must:
year of the course has been of a consistently high standard, (i) have at least a 3.0 GPA from Year I and Year II at TTHTI,
but he/she has been absent from the other part of the and
examinations. (ii) have obtained least sixty (60) credits from Year III and
Year IV at UWI (including two (2) foundation courses)
d. The examiners consider that in the work which the (iii) have satisfied the compulsory requirement for either
candidate has submitted at such of the final examination the Hospitality or Tourism major.
as he/she had attended, he/she reached a standard which,
if also reached in the remainder of the examination, would 3. Class of Degree
have qualified him/her for the award of a degree, diploma This will be determined in accordance with existing UWI
or certificate. regulations.
20
4. Programme Summary
This four-year programme consists of a common core of Franchise Agreements
Hospitality and Tourism courses along with Business and
Management courses. Additionally, students choose from
(for students
two specialist areas: Hospitality Management (viz. Culinary
Management, Food and Beverage Management, Hotel
transferring from Open
Operations Management) and Tourism Management. The
majority of vocational courses, particularly in Hospitality
Campus sites)
The Faculty of Social Sciences has signed franchise agreements
Management, are undertaken during the first two years of with the following tertiary level institutions in the Eastern
study at the Trinidad and Tobago Hospitality and Tourism Caribbean:
Institute. Students will receive practical exposure to kitchen, • Sir Arthur Lewis Community College, St. Lucia
restaurant and other hotel operational areas at the Trinidad • Clarence Fitzroy Bryant College, St. Kitts
and Tobago Hospitality and Tourism Institute. Students will • St. Vincent and the Grenadines Community College.
also be given the opportunity to gain hands-on experience,
and a realistic appreciation of the working environment of Under the terms of the Franchise agreement:
the industry through an internship scheme for which TTHTI 1. Students from St. Lucia are admitted to the U.W.I. to read
has primary responsibility. Level I and Level II courses of the Faculty of Social Sciences
at the Sir Arthur Lewis Community College;
5. Admissions Criteria
In order to be admitted to the second phase of B.Sc. 2. Students from St.Vincent and the Grenadines and St. Kitts are
Programme at UWI, St. Augustine, students must complete admitted to the U.W.I. to read Level I courses of the Faculty
the Trinidad and Tobago Hospitality and Tourism Institute of Social Sciences at the St. Vincent and the Grenadines
(TTHTI) Associate Degree programme in Hospitality and Community College and the Clarence Fitzroy Bryant College
Tourism Management, with a minimum Grade Point respectively;
Average (GPA) of 3.0, based on the TTHTI Grade Point
System. Graduates of other Associate Degree programmes 3. Students so admitted follow the same course outlines,
equivalent to TTHTI’s revised programme will be considered undertake the same coursework and write the same final
for admission. Graduates of TTHTI up to the Year 2001 who examinations as students on the St. Augustine Campus in
are admitted will be required to successfully complete ECON the courses for which they are registered;
1003 (EC141) and ECON 1005 (EC 16O) at The University of
the West Indies. TTHTI Graduates of 2002 and beyond will 4. Examinations are first marked by local lecturers at the
not be required to do these subjects. above institutions and subsequently marked by the primary
lecturers for the courses at the Main Campus. It is only
6. Foundation Courses on completion of marking by the primary lecturer that
Completion of the degree requires at least 6 credits examination marks become final.
of foundation courses. (Refer to the section – Course
Requirements for Bachelor of Science Programmes: 5. Franchise students are bound by the current UWI regulations
Specializations, Majors and Minors) that relate to admission, exemption & credit, registration,
course load per semester, Change of Major, Addition of a
7. Internships Major, transfer of coursework, examinations and reading a
The programme includes two (2) internships, each of eight course on an EXAM ONLY status;
(8) weeks duration. These internships are conducted at
approved Hospitality and Tourism organisations.The primary 6. Franchise students are required to use the forms provided
responsibility for the internships rests with TTHTI, given its online on the sta.uwi website when applying for any of the
established links with the industry. facilities mentioned in 5. above;
7. Franchise students are required to address all requests

related to admission, exemption & credit, registration,
course load per semester, Change of Major, Addition of a
Major, transfer of coursework, examinations and reading a
course on an EXAM ONLY status to the Assistant Registrar
– Admissions , UWI, St. Augustine with a copy to the Dean
of the Faculty of Social Sciences, UWI, St. Augustine and the
Registrar of their local institution;
8. Franchise students are required to hold all letters of approval

from the Assistant Registrar – Admissions in safe keeping for
the duration of their undergraduate programme.
21
1.5 Student Orientation and Academic Advising Sessions

Both new and continuing students are encouraged to
EVENING UNIVERSITY attend Orientation and Academic Advising sessions, held by
the Faculty and the Departments. These sessions serve to
bring students up to date on matters such as current course
Regulations Governing the UWI offerings, pre-requisites, recommended course loads, good
for B.Sc. Degrees in the Faculty study habits etc.
of Social Sciences Course of Study

2.1 Candidates for any of the degree programmes must pursue
Qualifications for Admission a course of study comprising at least ninety (90) credits, at
1.1 Before registration and before beginning courses in the least thirty (30) credits at Level I and at least sixty (60) credits
Evening University the candidate must have satisfied the at Levels II and III. The Faculty Board may require that the
University matriculation requirements for entry to a degree timing of registration in particular courses may be such as
programme. to ensure that the programme of study extends over at least
six (6) semesters and two (2) Summer School sessions.
1.2 On entry to the Evening University, students may be required
by the Faculty Board to take an English Language Proficiency 2,2 Courses offered for Evening University students may be
Test (ELPT). Students failing this test may be required by restricted owing to timetable, resource or other restraints.
the Faculty Board to do a prescribed course in English as a
prerequisite to the compulsory Foundation Course, FOUN
1001 (FD10A) – English for Academic Purposes.
Co-Curricular Credits
3.1 Students will be eligible for no more than three (3) credits
for involvement in co-curricular activities. The activities may
Students with the following qualifications are exempt from
be campus specific.
the ELPT examination:
(i) A grade ‘A’ or ‘B’ in General Paper,
3.2 Co-curricular credits will be awarded on the following
(ii) Grade I in CXC English Language
basis:
(General Proficiency).
a. students must be involved in the activity for at least one
(1) semester;
1.3 Applicants for entry into Majors and Special offered by the
b. explicit learning outcomes must be identified for each
Faculty of Social Sciences are required to have a minimum of
activity;
a Grade II before 1998 or Grade III after 1998 in Mathematics
c. there must be clearly defined mode(s) of assessment for
at the CSEC General Level / O’ Level or a qualification deemed
each activity.
by the Faculty Board to be equivalent.
3.3 A Faculty Coordinator will be appointed with responsibility
1.4 Policy of The Department of Economics with respect to ECON
for the award of co-curricular credits.
1003 – Introduction To Mathematics
i. Students admitted into the B.Sc. Economics Major
3.4 The grading of co-curricular activities will be pass/fail.
or B.Sc. Economics Special who possess a Pass at
GCE Additional Mathematics, GCE Advanced Level
3.5 All co-curricular activities/programmes must be approved
Mathematics or CAPE Mathematics (Units 1 and 2)
in advance by the Faculty and Academic Boards.
will be exempted from reading ECON1003. Such
students will be required to read another 3-credit
3.6 Subject to Faculty regulations, co-curricular credits will
Level I course from any discipline on the Campus to
form part of the ninety (90) credits for a degree. However,
complete their Level I credit requirements.
in special circumstances, if credits are earned in excess of
those required for the degree, these and the associated
ii, Students admitted into the B.Sc. Economics Major or
activity will be included on the student’s transcript.
B.Sc. Economics Special who do not possess a Pass
at GCE Additional Mathematics, GCE Advanced Level
3.7 Co-curricular course credits can only be counted as Level
Mathematics or CAPE Mathematics (Units 1 and 2) will
One course credits.
be required to write a Mathematics Proficiency Test
(MPT) on the Friday of the second week of Semester I.
The Co-curricular course offered by the Faculty of Social
Sciences: “Workplace Protocol for Students Programme”
iii. Students who are successful in the MPT will be allowed
(COCR 1012).
to read ECON1003 in Semester II.
iv. Students who are not successful in the MPT

will be required to read and pass ECON0001 –
Remedial Mathematics before being allowed to read
ECON1003.
22
Level I Requirements b. have satisfied the requirements for their specific

4. Students must satisfy the requirements for a minimum of degree programmes
thirty (30) credits at Level I comprising: c. have attained a minimum GPA of 1.0 from Level II and
a. such foundation courses as are required and offered; III courses.
b. other compulsory courses in the chosen degree option
as specified in the Faculty Handbook; 7.2 Degrees are offered in the following categories:
c. free electives to bring the total credits to thirty (30). • Special
• Major
• Special and one Minor (where possible)
Foundation Courses • Double Major
5. a. As of 1998–99 all students registered in The University of
• Major and one Minor
the West Indies will be required to complete a minimum
• Major and two Minors
of nine (9) credits of foundation courses. These courses
are Level I courses designed to promote sensitivity to,
7.3.1 A student must be formally registered in one of these
and awareness of, distinctive characteristic features of
categories:
Caribbean cosmologies, identities and culture.
• A special comprises a minimum of forty-five (45)
credits in the subject area over Levels II and III
The foundation courses comprise:
• A major is made up of a minimum of thirty (30) credits
i. FOUN 1001 (FD10A) - English for Academic
in the subject area over Levels II and III
Purposes
• A double major is made up of a minimum of thirty
ii. FOUN 1210 (FD12A) - Science, Medicine and
(30) credits each in two subject areas over Levels II
Technology in Society
and III
iii. FOUN 1101 (FD11A) - Caribbean Civilization
• A minor comprises a minimum of fifteen (15) credits
iv. FOUN 1301 (FD13A) - Law, Governance, Economy
in the subject area over Levels II and III
and Society
• A major/minor comprises a minimum of thirty (30)
v. any other course approved for the purpose by the
Levels II and III credits in the subject area of the major
Board of Undergraduate Studies
and fifteen (15) Levels II and III credits in the subject
area of the minor.
b. Students registered in the Faculty of Social Sciences will
be required to include among such foundation courses
7.3.2 A major is available from among the following areas:
FOUN 1001 English for Academic Purposes.
B.Sc. Economics

B.Sc. Leadership and Management
c. The elective Foundation Course, Law, Governance,
B.Sc. Management Studies
Economy and Society FOUN 1001 (FD10A) will not
B.Sc. Political Science (Government)
count for credit in the programme of the Faculty of
B.Sc. Psychology
Social Sciences except with the permission of the Dean.
B.Sc. Sociology
B.Sc. Sports Management
d. Exemption in whole or in part from the requirements
under [5(a–b)] may be granted from time to time by
7.3.3 A Special is available in the following areas:
the Board for Undergraduate Studies.
B.Sc. Economics
B. Sc. Banking and Finance
Requirements for Entry to Levels II B.Sc. International Relations*
and III B. Sc. Public Sector Management*
6. Students are required to satisfy prerequisites (where they *Specials with which a Minor can be declared.
exist) for Levels Il and III courses.
7.3.4 The degree majors/minors with which the above listed
majors may be combined will be approved by the Faculty
Requirements for the Award of the Board and Board for Undergraduate Studies and listed as
Degree programme offerings in the Faculty Handbook. Minors
7.1 In order to qualify for the award of a degree a student must be declared by the end of the registration
must: period of the student’s final semester. If this is not
a. have completed a minimum of ninety (90) credits done, and if the student does not satisfy the course/credit
(normally equivalent to thirty (30) semester courses) requirements for the requested minor, then the minor
of which: will not be declared. For the purpose of this regulation,
i. at least thirty (30) credits are from Level I the end of registration means the end of the “Add/Drop”
semester courses (including the foundation period.
course requirement), and
ii. at least sixty (60) credits from Levels II and III
semester courses
23
7.3.5 Students may also request to combine a Social Sciences Registration/Examinations

major with a minor offered by another faculty. To do 9. a. Students will be examined during each semester and
this, the permission of the Deans of both faculties must the “Summer” School session in the courses for which
be sought and obtained. Students may also apply to they are registered.
register in the Faculty of Social Sciences for a double
major involving any of the Faculty of Social Sciences b. A course may be examined by one or more of the
majors and any other majors offered in another faculty following methods:
at the St. Augustine campus. To do this, the permission of i. written examination papers
the Deans of both faculties must be sought and obtained. ii. oral (under the conditions in Regulation
Students wishing to do a Major or Minor offered by the 11 below)
Department of Management Studies are to bear in mind iii. practical examinations
Admission Criteria for Courses offered by the Department iv. coursework (which may include written in-
of Management Studies (see page 16). course tests, on-line tests, practical work,
dissertations, essays, projects, studies and other
7.3.6 A student may, with the permission of the Dean, change form’s of coursework exercise as approved by
any major for which that student is registered. the Faculty Board, or the Campus Committee on
Examinations as appropriate).
Rate of Progress/Credits Regulations
c. In the Faculty of Social Sciences, St. Augustine Campus
for the Evening University a course constitutes three (3) credits, unless otherwise
programmes specified.
8. An Evening University student:
a. shall complete the degree programme in not more than d. A student failing an elective course may, subject to the
fifteen (15) semesters and seven (7) Summer School rate of progress requirements of these regulations be
sessions; allowed to substitute another approved course in a
subsequent semester or repeat the failed course.
b. will, unless the Academic Board approves otherwise
on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, be e. All optional courses (electives) listed in the various
required to register for a maximum of eight (8) courses degree programmes in the Faculty Handbook will not
per year/four (4) courses per semester, i.e. twenty-four necessarily be available in any one year.
(24) credits per year/twelve (12) credits per semester,
provided that permission may be sought for not more f. Deadlines for changes of registration including
than one additional course per semester by any student withdrawal from or addition of courses will be as
who needs that one course for completion of the prescribed in University Regulations.
requirements for the degree or who has been awarded
a grade of ‘A’ as the examination mark for more than g. Not for Credit (NFC)
half of the courses for which that student has been Persons wishing to pursue a course(s) to be considered
examined when registered in the Faculty. Evening as Not for Credit (NFC) must seek approval prior to
University Students must be guided by Summer School registering for the course. All such requests must be
Regulations as to the number of courses for which they made, in writing, or in the required form, to the Dean
may register. of the Faculty, through the Assistant Registrar, Student
Affairs (Admissions).
c. An Evening University student whose GPA for a given
semester is less than or equal to 0.75 shall be deemed A course designated at registration as Not For Credit
to be performing unsatisfactorily, and shall be placed (NFC) shall not count for the purpose of assessing
on warning. A student on warning whose GPA for the Honours. Where a student fails to specify the course
succeeding semester is less than 0.75, will be required to which is Not for Credit, the date(s) on which such
withdraw. course(s) were registered shall be used to make a
determination.
d. Once an Evening University student transfers into
another programme, he/she is required to maintain h. Registration for a course constitutes registration for the
the rate of progress associated with that programme. examination in that course.
N.B. Credits gained from courses done in another i. A student will be deemed to have registered for a course
programme will not be counted towards the rate when his/her financial obligations to the University
of progress. have been fulfilled.
j. A student who does not take an examination in a course

for which he/she is registered is deemed to have failed
that examination unless permission to be absent has
been granted.
24
k. A student who, on grounds of illness or in other special If the exemption is granted, the percentage mark
circumstances as referred to in Examination Regulation available to be awarded for the final examination will
17 fails to take an examination in a course for which he/ be increased correspondingly.
she is registered, may be given special consideration
by the Board of Examiners to take the examination Oral Examination for Final Year
at the next available opportunity, without academic
penalty. Students
11. a. The Board of Examiners MAY recommend to the
l. Students are asked to pay special attention to Department concerned that a student who has failed
Examination Regulation 19 which states: the last one or two course(s) required to complete
the degree be offered an oral examination in that
“Any candidate who has been absent from the one or those two course(s) provided that he/she has
University for a prolonged period during the year for obtained in each instance a mark of at least 35% for
any reason other than illness or whose attendance at the course(s).
prescribed lectures, classes, practical classes, tutorial
or clinical instructions has been unsatisfactory or who b. If an oral examination is granted the student may
has failed to submit essays or other exercises set by his choose to decline the offer.
teachers may be debarred by the relevant Academic
Board, on the recommendation of the relevant Faculty c. The oral examination, which will be of maximum length
Board, from taking any University examinations.” of one (1) hour, will be held as soon as possible after
the previous examination and within the academic
m. An Evening University student is subject to all the rules year in which the student Is expected to graduate.
and policies on examination matters and exemption The student must contact the Department concerned
and credits as stated in the Regulations & Syllabuses immediately so that arrangements may be made for
Booklet of the Faculty of Social Sciences, and other the oral examination.
University documents, except when otherwise stated.
d. The oral examination will concern the course as a
whole, and not be restricted to the questions set in the
Coursework examination, which the student did. The first examiner
10. a. In the case of examination by coursework a student and at least one other examiner shall normally be
gaining an overall mark higher than 40% but passing present at an oral examination.
in only one component will be required to repeat at the
next available sitting the component that was failed. e. If the examination is passed, the student cannot be
awarded a grade higher than 40% - D and this grade will
b. A student who is absent from a coursework examination replace that previously gained for the entire evaluation
may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for exemption in that course.
from this examination no later than one (1) week
following the date of this examination. He/she must f. If he/she fails the oral examination, the student will not
at the same time submit to the Campus Registrar have any right of appeal or review.
justification for such absence (such as, in case of illness,
a medical certificate complying with any applicable g. A student will be allowed only one (1) oral examination
Examination Regulations). The Dean shall consider any for any one (1) course.
such request for exemption in consultation with the
relevant Head of Department and course lecturer. If the
exemption is granted, the percentage mark available to “EXAMS ONLY” REGULATIONS
be awarded for the final examination will be increased 12.1 A student may seek permission to write “EXAMS ONLY” in
correspondingly. the following circumstances, after having been registered
for and attending classes in a course (s):
c. A student may request to submit coursework a. He/She has failed one or two of the final courses needed
assignments, essays, etc. after the stipulated deadline to complete degree/certificate/diploma requirements
date on the basis of appropriate justification (such and obtained a mark as prescribed by respective faculty
as, in case of illness, a medical certificate complying regulations.
with any applicable Examination Regulations). This b. He/She has obtained a medical excuse, certified by
request must be made normally within forty-eight (48) the UWI Medical Officer for not having attempted an
hours after the stipulated deadline date and must be exam.
addressed to the Dean, who in consultation with the
relevant Head of Department and course lecturer may
allow the extension. The Dean, acting on advice of the
relevant Head of Department and course lecturer, may
consider requests for exemption from submission of
the coursework assignment, essays, etc.
25
c. In exceptional circumstances, the Dean may grant a Withdrawal

student a deferral from sitting as exam and permission 14.1 A student whose GPA for a given semester is less than or equal
to take it on a subsequent occasion, by virtue of to 0.75 shall be deemed to be performing unsatisfactorily, and
special assignments overseas for an employer (part- shall be placed on warning. A student on warning whose GPA
time students only) or by virtue of being selected for the succeeding semester is less than 0.75, will be Required
to represent the country on a national team. In both To Withdraw (RTW).
instances, formal representation will have to be made
by the employer / national association. 14.2 A candidate who has been required to withdraw from the
Faculty may apply to the Faculty for re-admission one (1)
12.2 Missing an Exam year after withdrawal. Each case will be considered on its
If a student misses an examination for any other reasons, own merit, but will only succeed if the Faculty is satisfied
he/she will be obliged to register again for the full course. that the circumstances attending the reasons for the
However, in the Faculty, Departments may, on being advised withdrawal have altered substantially.
of the situation, allow the student’s coursework/mid-term
marks ( If it within one academic year) to be applied and he/ 14.3 Students thus admitted to a Faculty may in accordance
she will only have to write the final exam. with its regulations be granted exemption from Level I
courses subject to there being no change in the content
Transfers of the courses and provided that no more than five (5)
Inter and Intra Faculty Transfers years have elapsed since the date of withdrawal. Level II
13.1 Students registered in programmes offered by the Faculty University courses, for the purposes of exemption, may be
of Social Sciences who have completed Level I of a degree treated in the same way as Level I Faculty courses.
programme of The University of the West Indies are eligible
for transfer to the Level II of a degree programme offered 14.4 Students whose performance in the Level I programme
by the Evening University. Such students must at the time indicated general weakness (e.g. bare passes in all courses)
of transfer, have passed courses which satisfy the Level may be required by the Faculty to repeat Level I Faculty
I requirements of the Evening University as well as the courses.
prerequisites of the relevant courses of the programme into
which the transfer is sought. All transfers will be subject to 14.5 Students from one faculty who had been required to
availability of space. withdraw from the University for failing to complete their
degree programme within the stipulated period may be
Note: Transfers will be considered at the end of Semester admitted to another faculty after a minimum period of one
II and will be subject to (i) availability of space; and (ii) (1) year has elapsed since their withdrawal. Such students
achievement of the required GPA. may be granted exemption from Level I courses relevant to
the new programme subject to Regulations 14.3 and 14.4
13.2 Transfer to the Evening University may also be offered to above.
any student registered in any other Faculty of The University
of the West Indies and who has successfully completed the 14.6 Students required to withdraw from the University for
Level I prerequisites to Levels II and III courses in the area failing to complete their Degree, Diploma or Certificate
of intended major or special and has also completed the Programme may be re-admitted to the Faculty after a
required foundation courses. All transfers will be subject minimum period of one (1) year has elapsed since their
to availability of space. withdrawal. Such students shall not be granted exemptions
from courses in the programme previously passed.
Note: Transfers will be considered at the end of Semester
II and will be subject to (i) availability of space; and (ii) Leave of Absence
achievement of the required GPA. 15. i. A candidate who for good reason wishes to be absent
from an academic programme for a semester or more
13.3 Students who wish to transfer to programmes in the must apply for formal leave of absence to the Campus
Department of Management Studies must have a Faculty Board, through the appropriate Dean, stating
cumulative GPA of at least 3.3. the reason for the application.

13.4 Students who wish to transfer to programmes in the ii. The length of such leave of absence, if granted, will
Department of Economics must have a cumulative GPA of be subject to approval by the Academic Board of
at least 3.0. the campus concerned, but will not exceed one (1)
academic year in the first instance terminating at the
13.5 Students who wish to transfer to the following programmes end of the academic year for which the application is
in the Department of Behavioural Sciences must have a approved.
cumulative GPA as stated below:
• Psychology – minimum GPA of 3.3 iii. Leave of absence will not be granted for more than two
• Public Sector Management, Sociology, Government (2) consecutive academic years.
(Political Science), International Relations, Social Work
- minimum GPA of 2.5
26
iv. Leave of absence may be granted for one (1) semester Marking Scheme for Examinations in
or for an academic year.
the Faculty of Social Sciences
18. (i) In the determination of GPA, the grades with corresponding
v. Applications for leave of absence for a semester shall
quality points shall be as defined in the University
normally be submitted by the end of the third week of
Regulations governing the GPA.
the relevant semester.
(ii) The authorised marking scheme is as follows:
vi. Applications for leave of absence for the academic year
GRADE GPA MARKS
shall normally be submitted by the end of the third
A+ 4.3 86 and over
week of Semester I.
A 4.0 70 – 85
A- 3.7 67 – 69
Award of Degrees B+ 3.3 63 – 66
16. Notification of Results B 3.0 60 – 62
For those candidates who have completed the requirements B- 2.7 57 – 59
of the B.Sc. degree a pass list shall be published and arranged C+ 2.3 53 – 56
alphabetically in the following categories: C 2.0 50 – 52
i. First Class Honours C- 1.7 47 – 49
D+ 1.3 43 – 46
ii. Second Class Honours D 1.0 40 – 42
F 0.0 Less than 40
iii. Upper Division
iv. Lower Division
v. Pass
Award of Honours –
Grade Point Average System (GPA)
17. (i) The class of degree to be awarded shall be determined
on the basis of a weighted Grade Point Average
(GPA).
(ii) In the calculation of the weighted GPA, a weight of zero

shall be attached to all Level I courses.
(iii) Levels II and III courses shall have equal weight in the
determination of the weighted GPA.
(iv) A course designated at registration as not for credit

(NFC) shall not count in the determination of the
weighted GPA.
(v) Core courses satisfying the requirements of

specializations, majors and minors must be taken into
account in the determination of the weighted GPA.
(vi) The class of degree shall be awarded as follows:

• First Class Honours
Weighted GPA of 3.60 and above
• Second Class Honours, Upper Division
Weighted GPA 3.00 – 3.59
• Second Class Honours, Lower Division
Weighted GPA 2.00 – 2.99
• Pass - Weighted GPA 1.00 – 1.99
27
General Regulations for Oral Examination for

Diploma Students
Diploma Programmes 11. Oral examinations are available to Diploma students under
the same regulations that govern such examinations in the
Evening University Study undergraduate programme EXCEPT that only ONE (1) Oral
Supplemental will be offered to Diploma students who fail
1. An evening student shall normally complete the Diploma
Programme in not more than three (3) consecutive with a mark of 35% - 39%.
semesters, ie. two (2) semesters and one (1) summer school
session. Award of the Diploma
12. The report of the examiners and the pass list shall be laid
2. An evening student whose GPA for a given semester is less before the Senate for approval.
than or equal to 0.75 shall be deemed to be performing
unsatisfactorily, and shall be placed on warning. An evening
student on warning whose GPA for the succeeding semester General Regulations for
is less than 0.75 will be required to withdraw.
Certificate Programmes
3. An evening student shall normally register for a maximum
of twelve (12) courses per year/ four (4) courses per semester
Evening University Study
1. An evening student shall normally complete the Certificate
and four (4) courses in the summer school session.
Programme in not more than three (3) consecutive
semesters, ie. two (2) semesters and one (1) summer school
Entry to Examination session.
4. Entry to the examination will be made at the same time as
registration for the course. Such registration shall take place 2. An evening student whose GPA for a given semester is less
during the University registration period. than or equal to 0.75 shall be deemed to be performing
unsatisfactorily, and shall be placed on warning. An evening
A fine will be imposed on students whose registration forms student on warning whose GPA for the succeeding semester
are received late. is less than 0.75 will be required to withdraw.
Notification of Results 3. An evening student shall normally register for a maximum

5. Candidates who gain the award of the Diploma with of ten (10) courses per year/ four (4) courses per semester
outstanding merit may be awarded a distinction. and two (2) courses in the summer school session.
a. For the award of the Diploma with Distinction candidates Oral Examination for Certificate Students
must achieve either: 4. Oral examinations are available to students in this
(i) At least eight (8) grades of A and four (4) grades programme under the same regulations that govern such
of B+ or; examinations in the undergraduate programme EXCEPT that
(ii) At least ten (10) grades of A and two (2) grades only ONE (1) Oral Supplemental will be offered to Certificate
of B. students who fail with a mark of 35% - 39%.
b. For the award of the Diploma with Honours candidates Award of the Certificate
must achieve either: 5. In order to be awarded a Certificate, candidates must
(i) At least eight (8) grades of B+ and four (4) grades complete thirty (30) credits, (equivalent to ten (10) semester
of B or; courses), and have satisfied the Examiners for the award of
(ii) At least ten (10) grades of B+ (including all the the Certificate. The report of the examiners and the pass list
compulsory subjects) and two (2) grades of C. shall be laid before the Senate for approval.
6. The results of the examination shall be published in a

separate pass list in which the names of the successful
candidates shall be arranged alphabetically as follows:-
i. Distinction
ii. Honours
iii. Pass
28
Time to start thinking about …

student Prizes Postgraduate studies
The following prizes are awarded to students in the Faculty of
Social Sciences each year:-
in the Faculty of Social
Campus Faculty Prizes
Sciences
i. A First Year Faculty prize of books is awarded to the Level I Before you select your programme of study or your courses for
student with the best academic performance . A Second Year the year, consider whether or not you would like to proceed to
Faculty prize of books is awarded to the Level II student with the postgraduate level after graduation. In most professions a
the best academic performance. Bachelor’s degree is only the first step in the learning process
ii A Silver Gilt medal is awarded to the Level III (Final) year student that you should continue throughout your professional career.
with the best academic performance.
However, your choices at the undergraduate level can affect
Cross-Campus Faculty Prizes your postgraduate options. This brief guide provides you with
i. Three prizes of books are awarded to students obtaining the basic Information on the Faculty’s current graduate programme,
highest marks at the Level I Social Sciences examinations on our research areas and any undergraduate requirements or
each campus. prerequisites. For more detailed information and advice, please
consult the Postgraduate Information Guide and speak with
Charles M. Kennedy Prize your Academic Advisor.
ii. One cash prize is awarded to the student with the highest marks
in the B.Sc. (Economics) degree in all courses taken at the Levels
II and III examinations.
About Postgraduate Study
The Faculty of Social Sciences at the University of the West
Indies offers 4 Diploma programmes, 14 M.Sc. programmes,
Hugh Springer Prize
10 M.Phil. programmes and 8 Ph.D. programmes. Our Diploma
iii. One prize, half the value of which is for books, is awarded to
and taught Masters programmes (eg. M.Sc. ) are particularly
the most distinguished Final Year student in the Faculties of
well suited to those who have already embarked upon their
Humanities and Education and the Faculty of Social Sciences
professional career and are looking to gain deeper insight into a
who have completed Levels II and III examinations.
specialised area In their field. Our research programmes (M.Phil.
and Ph.D.) allow students to follow their passion and provide
George Wadinambiaratchi Prize
the opportunity, resources and support for you to develop your
vi. This prize consists of a plaque and a cheque in the amount
own innovative ideas and approaches to the problems facing
of TT$2,500 and is awarded to the student graduating at
the Caribbean and the world today.
the top of the class in the B.Sc. Management Studies Special
programme.
Definitions and Admission
Requirements
Below are brief descriptions of the different types of programmes
offered by the Faculty and the general admission requirements.
Please consult the Postgraduate Information Guide for more
detailed information.
Postgraduate Diplomas - These programmes involve a mix of

taught classes, examinations, coursework and a written paper.
The duration is generally one year for full-time study and two
years for part-time study. To be admitted to the prescribed
course of study for the Postgraduate Diploma, candidates must
i. hold a bachelor’s degree from an approved university.
ii. normally the class of degree should be at least lower second
class honours.
iii. in some programmes, practical experience or other
qualifications of special relevance to the course programme
may be required.
iv. in some programmes, applicants may have to write an
entrance examination.
29
M.Sc. Programmes The award of a Ph.D. also requires the candidate to defend his/
These are also referred to as “Taught” as opposed to “Research” her thesis at a public oral examination. Many research degrees
programmes. To be admitted to the prescribed course of study now contain a taught element. The intention of these taught
for the M.Sc., candidates must courses is to provide students with research techniques and
i. hold a bachelor’s degree from an approved university. skills that will not only help them to complete their current
ii. normally the class of degree should be at least lower second research topic, but will also stand them in good stead for life
class honours. after University.
iii. in some programmes, practical experience or other Students will be considered for the M.Phil./Ph.D. programmes
qualifications of special relevance to the course programme having satisfied the criteria set below:
may be required. i Candidates seeking entry to the M.Phil. programme should
iv. in some programmes, applicants may have to write an hold a Bachelor’s degree (Second Class Honours or above)
entrance examination or may have to do qualifying courses. in the area in which they wish to pursue.
In the latter instance, that student will be deemed to be a ii. Candidates seeking entry into the Ph.D. programmes should
qualifying student. hold Master’s degree from an approved University with a
specialty in the area of study.
iii. Students may be required to attend an interview prior to
M.Phil./Ph.D. Programmes being accepted.
The Master of Philosophy (M.Phil.) and the Doctor of Philosophy
iv. Students applying for M.Phil. or Ph.D. degrees must prepare
(Ph.D.) degrees are research degrees. Research degrees involve
an appropriate research proposal for consideration.
independent study, directed by a supervisor, and the production
of a thesis. The essential difference between the Master and
Doctoral levels, aside from the length of the registration period,
lies in the quality of a successful Ph.D. thesis, which must be
judged to be the result of original research, to be an addition to
knowledge and to be worthy of publication either in full or in an
abridged form in a refereed journal.
Postgraduate Programmes 2010-2011

Postgraduate programmes offered by the Faculty of Social Sciences in the current academic year are as follows:
Diploma M.Sc. M.Phil. Ph.D.
Economics • • • •
International Relations •(ft/pt) • • •
Human Resource Management • •
Mediation Studies* •(ft/pt) •
Criminology and Criminal Justice • • •
Government • • •
Management Studies • • •
Sociology • • •
Social Work • • •
Aviation Management •
Marketing •
Master of Business Administration (for Executives) •
Master in Business Administration (International) •
Public Sector Management •(pt)
Psychology • •
Tourism Development and Management •(ft/pt) •
Business Administration (DBA) •

Programmes offered by the Institute of Gender and Development Studies (IGDS)
Gender & Development ** • •
Interdisciplinary Gender Studies*** •(ft) •(ft)

Programmes offered by the Sir Arthur Lewis Institute Of Social & Economic Studies (SALISES)
NOTE: the following M.Sc. programmes are delivered only at the Mona Campus with the exception of the M.Sc. in Development
Statistics.
Economic Development Policy • • •
Development Statistics • • •
Governance • • •
Social Policy • • •
30
Admission Requirements:
* Economics: A recognized B.Sc. Economics with a minimum of Second Class Honours from UWI or any other recognized tertiary
institution; None B Sc. Economics graduates must undertake specified qualifying courses as determined by the Department of
Economics. Note: All Graduate Students will be required to successfully read the course EC30Q (ECON 3008) - History of Economic
Thought either as part of their undergraduate offering or as an additional course (not for credit) at the graduate level.
* Mediation Studies: Preference will be given, in the first instance, to people with work experience in the field of mediation.
Competence in Social Work, Law, Business, Politics, Probation, Corrections, Psychology, Human Resource Management and
Communication would be a distinct advantage.
** Gender and Development: First Degree with at least 2nd Class Honours or its equivalent (GPA 3.5). Preference will be given to
students with some prior training in gender studies. This could include the UWI Minor in Gender and Development or Gender
Studies or its equivalent or at least three (3) relevant qualifying courses chosen from the following:
• GEND2203 Feminist Theoretical Frameworks
• GEND 2013 Men and Masculinities in the Caribbean
• GEND 2025/SOCI 2025 Women and Work in the Global Economy
• SOCI 3039/GEND 3039 Gender and Development with reference to the Caribbean
• SOCI 3031/GEND 3031 Sex, Gender and Society: Sociological Perspectives
• SOCI 3038/GEND 3038 Gender, Ethnicity and Class: Issues of Identity, Nation and Citizenship
• GEND 3260 Gender and Science
• GEND 3501 The Philosophy of Gender
• GEND 3502 The Philosophy of Gender in Caribbean Thought
• GEND 3001 Gender, Violence and Trauma in Discourse OR
• UWI Diploma in Gender and Development plus Associate Degree or equivalent tertiary level diploma and extensive working
experience in a related field;
*** Interdisciplinary Gender Studies: A recognised B.Sc. or B.A. with a minimum of upper second class honours or a 3.50 GPA or
M.A./ M.Sc from UWI or any other recognized tertiary institution; or satisfactory completion of specified in qualifying courses as
required from among the following:
• GEND2203 Feminist Theoretical Frameworks
• GEND 2013 Men and Masculinities in the Caribbean
• GEND 2025/SOCI 2025 Women and Work in the Global Economy
• SOCI 3039/GEND 3039 Gender and Development with reference to the Caribbean
• SOCI 3031/GEND 3031 Sex, Gender and Society: Sociological Perspectives
• SOCI 3038/GEND 3038 Gender, Ethnicity and Class: Issues of Identity, Nation and Citizenship
• GEND 3260 Gender and Science
• GEND 3051 The Philosophy of Gender
• GEND 3052 The Philosophy of Gender in Caribbean Thought
For More Information and Advice

FIRST Department of Economics –
Request the 2010-2011 Faculty of Social Sciences Postgraduate Mr. Joel Jordan - ext 3231
Information Guide OR download the guide from the UWI St.
Augustine website. Department of Management Studies –
Ms. Patsy Marcano - ext. 3297
THEN
Contact any of the following persons for an appointment: Institute of Gender and Development Studies –
Dean’s Office - Mrs. Avril Patterson-Pierre – ext. 3549
Mrs. Vidiya Mahabir-Ramlakhan - ext. 2672 B.A. (Heriot-Watt University)
Mrs. Karen Harrison - ext. 2673.
Department of Behavioural Sciences –

Ms. Michylle Arthur - ext. 3234
31
Course LISTING for B.Sc. Programmes: Specials,

Majors, Minors
Before your choose your courses
1. Verify that a Course is being Offered: Some of the courses listed may not be offered in a given academic year. Before choosing
a course, verify that it is being offered this academic year by checking the Online Student Registration System. In any given
semester, only courses being offered will be available for online registration. If it is not online, it is not being offered at this
time.
2. Ensure you are Registered: As a student, it is YOUR responsibility to ensure that you are properly registered for your courses.
3. Overrides: When the Faculty and the Departments grant overrides, this does not mean that you are automatically registered
for these courses. The student must then use the Online Registration System to register for the courses for which overrides have
been granted.
4. Course Loads and Prerequisites: When choosing courses, students should plan their course load carefully and ensure that
they register for the prerequisites for courses they intend to take in the future.
COURSE EQUIVALENTS
1. Students in the Economics Special/Major doing both MATH 2140 (MS25A) and MATH 2150 (MS25B) will be exempt from
ECON 2006 (EC23J) (which must be replaced by an elective ECON level II/III course).
2. No student will receive credit for ECON 2006 (EC23J) if he/she is at the same time receiving credit for MATH 2140 (MS25A)
and/or MATH 2150 (MS25B).
3. Students offering ECON 2000 (EC20A) and /or ECON 2001 (EC20B) for credit will not be allowed to offer MGMT 2032
(MS26A) for credit.
4. Students offering ECON 2006 (EC23J) for credit will not be allowed to offer MGMT 2012 (MS23C) for credit.
5. Students offering ECON 2020 (EC25F) for credit will not be allowed to offer MGMT 2011 (MS23B) for credit.
6. AGBU 1005 is an equivalent for ECON 1001
8. AGRI 1003 is an equivalent for ECON 1003
Specials
B.Sc. Accounting Special
Level I
Course Code Course Title Number of Credits Semester
EITHER
MGMT 1001 (MS12A) Introduction to Management 3 I
OR
SOCI 1002 (SY13E) Introduction to Sociology I 3 I
ECON 1001 (EC10D) Introduction to Economics I 3 I
ECON 1002 (EC10F) Introduction to Economics II 3 II
ECON 1003 (EC14I) Introduction to Mathematics 3 II
ECON 1005 (EC16O) Introduction to Statistics 3 I
ACCT 1002 (MS15E) Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 I
ACCT 1003 (MS 15F) Introduction to Cost and Managerial Accounting 3 II
FOUN 1001 (FD10A) English for Academic Purposes 3 I & II
FOUN 1101 (FD11A) Caribbean Civilization 3 I & II
FOUN 1210 (FD12A) Science, Medicine and Technology in Society 3 I & II
32
Levels II/III
MGMT 2006 (MS21B) Management Information Systems I 3 I & II
MGMT 2008 (MS22A) Organisational Behaviour 3 I & II
MGMT 2011 (MS 23B) Caribbean Business Environment 3 II
MGMT 2012 (MS 23C) Quantitative Methods 3 I
ACCT 2014 (MS25A) Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 I
ACCT 2015 (MS25B) Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 II
ACCT 2021 (MS 25H) Cost and Managerial Accounting 3 I
MGMT 2032 (MS26A) Managerial Economics 3 II
MGMT 2021 (MS27A) Business Law 3 I & II
MGMT 2023 (MS28D) Financial Management I 3 I & II
MGMT 3011 (MS31B) Management Information Systems II 3 I
MGMT 3031 (MS33B) Business Strategy and Policy 3 I & II
ACCT 3041 (MS25F) Advanced Accounting 3 I
ACCT 3040 (MS35J) Accounting Theory 3 II
ACCT 3039 (MS25K) Advanced Management Accounting 3 II
ACCT 3043 (MS36B) Auditing I 3 I
MGMT 3046 (MS37B) Company Law 3 I
MGMT 3051 (MS38E) Taxation I 3 II
MGMT 3048 (MS38H) Financial Management II 3 I
PLUS: Three (3) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. one (1) additional Level II/III course
B.Sc. Banking & Finance Special

(Offered in Evening University only)
or
ECON 1003 (EC14I) Introduction to Mathematics 3 II
ECON 1005 (EC16O) Introduction to Statistics 3 I
MGMT 1022 (MS13A) Introduction to Banking 3 II
Level II
MGMT 2003 (MS20A) Principles of Marketing 3 I
MGMT 2008 (MS22A) Organisational Behaviour 3 I
MGMT 2012 (MS 23C) Quantitative Methods 3 I
MGMT 2023 (MS28D) Financial Management I 3 I
MGMT 2024 (MS28E) Money and Capital Markets 3 I (FT) & II (FT/EU)
MGMT 2030 (MS24B) Banking Law 3 I
MGMT 2031 (MS24C) Banking Risk Management 3 II
ECON 2000 (EC20A) Intermediate Microeconomics I 3 I
ECON 2002 (EC21A) Intermediate Macroeconomics I 3 I
33
Level III
MGMT 3079 (MGMT34D) Advanced Banking Law 3 II
MGMT 3080 (MS34E) Bank Treasury Management 3 II
MGMT 3081 (MS34G) Credit Analysis and Lending 3 I
MGMT 3035 (MS33K) Ethics in Business 3 I & II
MGMT 3050 (MS38D) Investment and Analysis 3 II
MGMT 3053 (MS38N) International Financial Management 3 I
ECON 3005 (EC31E) Monetary Theory and Policy 3 I
PLUS: Nine (9) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. three (3) additional Level II/III courses
B.Sc. Economics Special

Level I
ECON 1003 (EC141) Introduction to Mathematics 3 II
ECON 1005 (EC160) Introduction to Statistics 3 I
ACCT 1002 (MS15E) Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 I & II
PLUS: Six (6) additional Level I course credits i.e. two (2) additional Level I courses
Levels II/III
ECON 2001 (EC20B) Intermediate Microeconomics II 3 II
ECON 2003 (EC21B) Intermediate Macroeconomics II 3 II
ECON 2006 (EC23J) Economic Statistics 3 I
ECON 2005 (EC23E) Social and Economic Accounting 3 II
ECON 2020 (EC25F) Caribbean Economy 3 II
ECON 2015 (EC24B) Mathematical Methods in Economics I 3 I
ECON 3052 (EC30B) Fiscal Policy and Economic Development 3 II
ECON 3006 (EC30N) International Trade and Policy 3 I
ECON 3049 (EC36C) Econometrics I 3 I
ECON 3007 (EC33B) International Monetary and Financial Theory 3 II
PLUS: Three (3) additional Level III ECON courses OR

Two (2) additional Level III ECON courses and one (1) additional Level II ECON course
PLUS: Fifteen (15) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. five (5) additional Level II/III courses
Note:
i. ECON 3049 (EC36C), ECON 3050 (EC36D) and ECON 3008 (EC30Q) are highly recommended
ii. Students in the Economics Special/Major doing both MATH 2140 (MS25A) and MATH 2150 (MS25B) will be exempt from ECON
2006 (EC23J) (which must be replaced by an elective ECON level II/III course).
iii. No student will receive credit for ECON 2006 (EC23J) if he/she is at the same time receiving credit for MATH 2140 (MS25A) and/or
MATH 2150 (MS25B) .
iv. Students offering ECON 2000 (EC20A) and /or ECON 2001 (EC20B) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2032 (MS26A)
for credit.
v. Students offering ECON 2006 (EC23J) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2012 (MS23C) for credit.
vi. Students offering ECON 2020 (EC25F) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2011 ( MS23B) for credit.
34
B.Sc. Hospitality and Tourism Management SPECIAL (Hospitality Option)

Years I & II are administered at the Trinidad and Tobago Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI).
Year III
MGMT 2012 (MS23C) Quantitative Methods 3 I
MGMT 2029 (MS20D) Contemporary Hospitality and Tourism Trends 3 I
HOTL 3001 (HM30B) Meetings & Conventions Management 3 I
FOUN 1001 (FD 10A) English for Academic Purposes 3 I & II
Year III
HOTL 2010 (HM22A) Cruise Line Operations & Management 3 II
FOUN 1101 (FD11A) Caribbean Civilization OR 3 I & II
FOUN 1210 (FD 12A) Science, Medicine and Technology in Society 3 I & II
Year IV
MGMT 3017 (MS32A) Human Resource Management 3 I
TOUR 3003 (TR31A) Integrated Service Management 3 I
HOTL 3000 (HM30A) Resort Planning & Development 3 I
Elective Two (2) Electives 6
Year IV
MKTG 3007 (MS30D) Marketing Planning 3 II
MGMT 3032 (MS33C) Entrepreneurial Studies 3 II
HOTL 3004 (HM33B) Hospitality & Tourism Research Project 3 II
MGMT 3018 (MS32B) Industrial Relations 3 II
Recommended Electives:
TOUR 3008 (TR32B) Tourism Impact Analysis 3 II
TOUR 2005 (TR21C) Transportation and Travel 3 I
TOUR 3004 (TR31B) Tourism Destination Marketing 3 II
TOUR 3005 (TR31C) Tourism Planning and Development 3 I
AGBU 3003 (AM33D) Introduction to Ecotourism 3 II
MGMT 2007 (MS21E) Introduction to E-Commerce 3 I
MGMT 3062 (MS34C) Compensation Management 3 II
MGMT 3024 (MS32H) Business Communication 3 I & II
MGMT 3025 (MS32K) Human Resource Development 3 II
Any other course (s) offered by any other department (s) and approved by the Head, Department of Management Studies and the
Head of the other department (s) concerned.
Note: Any student who completed Resort Planning at TTHTI will not be allowed to register for HOTL 3000 Resort Planning
and Development.
35
B.Sc. Hospitality and Tourism Management SPECIAL (Tourism Option)

Year III
MGMT 2029 (MS20D) Contemporary Hospitality and Tourism Trends 3 I
MKTG 3002 (MS30C) Marketing Research 3 I
Year III
TOUR 2005 (TR21C) Transportation and Travel 3 II
OR
FOUN 1210 (FD 12A) Science, Medicine and Technology in Society 3 I & II
Year IV
TOUR 3005 (TR31C) Tourism Planning and Development 3 I
Elective Two (2) Electives 6
Year IV
MGMT 3032 (MS33C) Entrepreneurial Studies 3 II
TOUR 3004 (TR31B) Tourism Destination Marketing 3 II
MGMT 3018 (MS32B) Industrial Relations 3 II
TOUR 3008 (TR32B) Tourism Impact Analysis 3 II
HOTL 2010 (HM22A) Cruise Line Operations and Management 3 II
HOTL 3004 (HM33B) Hospitality and Tourism Research Project 3 II
*HOTL 3000 ( HM30A) Resort Planning and Development 3 I
HOTL 3001 (HM30B) Meetings and Convention Management 3 I
MGMT 2007 (MS21E) Introduction to E-Commerce 3 I
MGMT 3024 (MS32H) Business Communication 3 I & II
MGMT 3025 (MS32K) Human Resource Development 3 II
Any other course (s) offered by any other department (s) and approved by the Head, Department of Management Studies and the
Head of the other department (s) concerned.
* Note: Any student who completed Resort Planning at TTHTI will not be allowed to register for HOTL 3000 Resort Planning
and Development.
36
B.Sc. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Special

Level I
GOVT 1000 (GT11C) Introduction to Politics I 3 I
GOVT 1001 (GT11D) Introduction to Politics II 3 II
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for Behavioural Sciences 3 I
Levels II/III
GOVT 3053 (GT38A) Introduction to International Politics 3 I
GOVT 3054 (GT38B) Introduction to International Relations in the Caribbean 3 II
GOVT 2060 (GT24A) International Relations: Theories and Approaches 3 I
GOVT 2049 (GT27M) International Political Economy 3 I
GOVT 2061 (GT25M) Principles of Public International Law 3 II
GOVT 2062 International Security 3 II
GOVT 2063 Cyber Politics 3 I
GOVT 3052 (GT37M) Contemporary Issues in International Relations 3 I
GOVT 3055 (GT38M) Theories and Practices of International Negotiations 3 I
GOVT 3046 (GT30A) International Organisations 3 I
GOVT 3066 (GT36M) International Law and Development 3 I
GOVT 3047 (GT30B) International Financial Organisation 3 II
GOVT 3003 (GT31C) Foreign Policy in the Third World 3 II
GOVT 3065 Religion and World Politics 3 II
GOVT 3067 CARICOM Single Market and Economy
(CSME): Internal and External Relations 3 II
PLUS: Fifteen (15) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. five (5) additional level II/III courses
Note: LANG 0100 - Language Requirement: It is compulsory for all students to complete Level one (1) in any foreign language
being offered by Centre for Language and Learning (CLL). This is a departmental requirement with no credits attached.
Note: Students reading for the B.Sc. International Relations Special and a minor in Political Science (Government) are
required to substitute GOVT 3053 and/or GOVT 3054 with GOVT 2019 and/or GOVT 3023.
B.Sc. International Tourism Management SPECIAL

Level I
TOUR 1001 Introduction to International Tourism 3 I
ACCT 1003 (MS15F) Introduction to Cost and Managerial Accounting 3 II
37
Level II
MGMT 2003 (MS20A) Principles of Marketing 3 I & II
HOTL 3001 (HM30B) Meetings & Convention Management 3 I
MGMT 2029 (MS20D) Contemporary Hospitality & Tourism Trends 3 I
TOUR 2005 (TR21C) Transportation & Travel 3 I
PLUS : Two (2) additional Level II/III courses
Level III
MGMT 3031 (MS33B) Business Strategy & Policy 3 I & II
TOUR 3005 (TR31C) Tourism Planning & Policy Development 3 I
TOUR 3004 (TR31B) Tourism Destination Marketing 3 I
HOTL 3004 (HM33B) Hospitality & Tourism Research Project 3 II
TOUR 3008 (TR32B) T ourism Impact Analysis 3 II
PLUS : Two (2) additional Level II/III courses
Note:
1. LANG 0100 - Language Requirement: It is compulsory for all students to complete Level one (1) in any foreign
language being offered by Centre for Language and Learning (CLL). This is a departmental requirement with no credits
attached
2. TOUR 3088- Internship: It is compulsory for all students to complete a six (6) month internship at the end of the final
semester of this degree programme. This is a departmental requirement with no credits attached
B.Sc. Management Studies Special

Level I
EITHER
or
38
Levels II/III
MGMT 2003 (MS20A) Principles of Marketing 3 I &II
MGMT 2011 (MS23B) Caribbean Business Environment 3 II
ACCT 2017 (MS25C) Management Accounting 3 I
MGMT2021 (MS27A) Business Law 3 I & II
MKTG 3000 (MS30A) Marketing Management 3 I
MGMT 3037 (MS34B) International Business Management 3 II
MGMT 3057 (MS39M) Production and Operations Management 3 I
PLUS: Fifteen (15) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. five (5) additional Level II/III courses.
Note: Students offering ECON 2000 (EC 20A) and /or ECON 2001 (EC20B) for credit will not be allowed
to offer MGMT 2032 (MS26A)for credit.
Students cannot simultaneously offer ECON 2006 (EC 23J) and MGMT 2012 (MS23C) for credit.
Students cannot simultaneously offer ECON 2020 (EC25F) and MGMT 2011 (MS23B)for credit.
B.Sc. Psychology Special

(Not offered in the Evening University)
Level 1
EITHER
OR
SOCI 1000 (SY13F) Introduction to Sociology II 3 II
PSYC 1003 (PS14A) Introduction to Psychology 3 I
PSYC 1004 (PS11B) Introduction to Social Psychology 3 II
PSYC 1009 Research Methods in Psychology 3 II
EITHER
OR
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences 3 I
PLUS: Six (6) additional Level I course credits
Level II/III
PSYC 2004 (PS24A) Personality Theory 3 I
PSYC 2010 (PS24B) Statistics and Research Design in Psychology 3 I
PSYC 2003 (PS24C) Physiological Psychology 3 II
PSYC 2011 (PS24D) Selected Theories in Social Psychology 3 I
PSYC 2012 (PS24E) Developmental Psychology 3 I
PSYC 2002 (PS24F) Abnormal and Clinical Psychology 3 II
PSYC 3025 (PS320) Research Projects in Psychology 6 Year Long
PSYC 3023 (PS33F) Contemporary Issues in Social Psychology 3 I
PSYC 3004 (PS34A) Experimental and Applied Psychology 3 II
39
In addition, the following five (5) courses:

PSYC 2016 (PS20C) Sensation and Perception 3 I
PSYC 2015 (PS20B) Introduction to Cognitive Psychology 3 II
PSYC 3021 (PS30G) Motivation and Emotions 3 II
PSYC 3022 (PS30J) Learning and Memory 3 I
EITHER
PSYC 3002 (PS34D) Advanced Topics in Personality 3 II
OR
PSYC 3026 (PS30H) History and Systems in Psychology 3 I
PLUS: Fifteen (15) additional Level II/III course credits.
B.Sc. Public Sector Management Special

Level I
GOVT 1006 (GT12C) Introduction to Public Administration 3 I
GOVT 1005 (GT19B) Introduction to Public Policy Analysis 3 II
SOCI 1002 (SY13E) Introduction to Sociology 3 I
PLUS: Three (3) additional Level I course credits i.e. one (1) additional Level I course
Levels II/III
GOVT 2051 (GT 20A) Human Resource Management
and Industrial Relations in the Public Sector 3 I
GOVT 2052 (GT20B) Public Sector Accounting 3 II
GOVT 2030 (GT21P) Project Administration 3 II
GOVT 2023 (GT29B) Issues in the Government and Politics of the West Indies 3 II
GOVT 3018 (29D) Public Sector Management 3 I
GOVT 2034 (GT29H) Human Resource Management in the Public Sector 3 II
GOVT 3037 (GT37A) Public Administration 3 I
GOVT 3062 (GT37B) Comparative Public Administration 3 II
GOVT 3021 (GT39E) Public Policy Analysis 3 I
GOVT 3023 (GT39K) Administrative Law I 3 I
GOVT 3067 Caribbean Single Market and Economy 3
SOCI 2010 (SY23C) Anthropology of the Peoples of the Caribbean I 3 I
GOVT 3004 (GT32A) Scope and Methods in Political Analysis 3 I & II
SOCI 3020 (SY35C) Social Policy and Administration III 3 II
GOVT 3052 (GT37M) Contemporary Issues in International Relations 3 I
GOVT 2062 International Security 3 II
GOVT 3066 (GT36M) International Law and Development 3 I

Students who wish to read for a Minor in International Relations and are reading the B.Sc. in Public Sector Management Special will
not be allowed to count GOVT 3054 (GT38B) for the Minor in International Relations and as such should read either GOVT 2019
(GT28A) or GOVT 2020 as its replacement.
40
B.Sc. Social Work Special

Registration for all Social Work Courses listed below is RESTRICTED to students pursuing the B.Sc. Social Work Special, the MSW,
M.Phil. and Ph.D. (Qualifying), EXCEPT those courses marked with ‘*’ ,which would also include SOWK 2007 (SW 24A) Social Disability
Studies.
Level I
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences 3 I & II
SOWK 1001 (SW17A)* Introduction to Social Work 3 I
SOWK 1003 (SW17B) Theory and Practice of Social Work I 3 II
SOWK 1007 (SW18B)* Law for Social Workers 3 II
SOWK 1010 (SW19C) Practicum I (168 Contact Hours) 3 II
PLUS:
Either
Or
Levels II/III
SOWK 2000 (SW27A) Theory and Practice of Social Work II 3 I
SOWK 2003 (SW27B) Theory and Practice of Social Work III 3 II
SOWK 2008 (SW290) Practicum II and III 6 Year Long
SOWK 3009 (SW30A) Theory and Practice of Social Work IV 3 I
SOWK 3011 (SW30B) Theory and Practice of Social Work V 3 II
SOWK 3002 (SW31B)* Family and Child Welfare 3 II
SOWK 3017 (SW350) Practicum IV 6 Year Long
SOCI 2023 (SY25A) Social Policy and Administration I 3 I
SOWK 3012 (SW32B)* Group and Individual Counseling 3 I
SOCI 2007 (SY22E) Survey Design and Analysis 3 I
Preferred Electives:
SOWK 3016 (SW31A)* Residential Social Work 3 II
SOCI 2012 (SY23F) Social Change and Development 3 I
SOCI 3032 (SY37H) Criminology 3 II
SOCI 3005 (SY31C) Sociology of Health and Illness 3 II
SOCI 3019 (SY35B) Social Policy and Administration II 3 I
41
Majors
B.Sc. Accounting Major
Level I
EITHER
OR
ECON 1003 (EC 141) Introduction to Mathematics 3 II
ACCT 1002 (MS 15E) Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 I
FOUN 1001 (FD 10A) English for Academic Purposes 3 I & II
FOUN1210 (FD12A) Science, Medicine and Technology in Society 3 I & II
Level II
ACCT 2021 (MS25H) Cost and Managerial Accounting 3 I
ACCT2014 (MS25A) Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 I
ACCT2015 (MS25B) Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 II
PLUS: Twenty one (21) additional approved Level II/III course credits i.e seven (7) additional Level II/III
Level III
ACCT 3041 (MS35F) Advanced Accounting 3 I
ACCT 3043 (MS36B) Auditing I 3 I
MGMT 3046 (MS37B) Company Law 3 I
MGMT 3051 (MS38E) Taxation 3 II
ACCT 3039 (MS35K) Advanced Management Accounting 3 II
PLUS: One approved Management Studies elective 3 I or II
PLUS: Nine (9) additional approved Level II/III course credits i.e. three (3) additional Level II/III courses
B.Sc. Economics Major

Level I
ACCT 1002 (MS15E) Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 I & II
Levels II/III
ECON 2001 (EC20B) Intermediate Microeconomics II 3 II
ECON 2003 (EC21B) Intermediate Macroeconomics II 3 II
ECON 2006 (EC23J) Economic Statistics 3 I
PLUS: Five (5) additional Level II/III Economics courses at least two of which must be at Level III
PLUS: Thirty (30) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. ten (10) additional Level II/III courses
42
Note:
i. ECON 3049 (EC36C), ECON 3050 (EC36D) and ECON 3008 (EC30Q) are highly recommended
ii. Students in the Economics special/major doing both MATH 2140 (M25A) and MATH 2150 (M25B) will be exempt from ECON 2006
(EC23J) (which must be replaced by an elective EC level II/III course).
iii. No student will receive credit for ECON 2006 (EC23J) if he/she is at the same time receiving credit for MATH 2140 (M25A) and/or
MATH 2150 (M25B).
iv. Students offering ECON 2000 (EC20A) and /or ECON 2001 (EC20B) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2032 (MS26A) for
credit.
v. Students offering ECON 2006 (EC23J) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2012 (MS23C) for credit.
vi. Students offering ECON 2020 (EC25F) for credit will NOT be allowed to offer MGMT 2011 (MS23B) for credit.
B.SC. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT

Level I
HIST 1001 The Caribbean World to C.1660 3 I
COMS 1101 Communication Skills 3 I
Three foundation courses from the following:

FOUN 1301 (FD13A) Law, Governance, Economy and Society 3 I & II
PLUS: A co-curricular 3-credit programme on Armed Forces and

(i) A Management/Leadership Seminar
(ii) Spanish Language (not for credit)
Level II (i) Eight (8)core courses in Leadership and Management and

(ii) Two (2) electives that would inform the student’s choice of option at Level III

GOVT 2053 (GT20C) Introduction to Public Information Systems 3 I
Either
GOVT 2034 (GT29H) Public Sector Human Resource Management 3 I
OR
GOVT 3018 (GT29D) Public Sector Management 3 I
GOVT 2020 (GT28B) Government and Politics in a Selected Region 3 I
GOVT 3006 (GT32C) Political Sociology 3
ENGR 3001 Natural Hazards & Disaster Management in the Caribbean 3
PLUS: Two (2) Electives*

*Electives will comprise Level I courses in the option selected for Level III options from either Engineering, or Humanities and
Education, or Science & Agriculture and Medicine or Social Sciences.
Level III Students would be required to select an option from EITHER Social Sciences OR Engineering
OR Humanities and Education OR Science, Agriculture and Medicine.
Level III options must comprise

• EITHER one (1)major in the subject area, OR
• two(2) minors in the subject area, OR
• one (1) minor AND five (5) electives in the subject area OR
• ten (10) courses to be selected from Levels I, II and III of the subject area by consultation with the
Faculty student advisor.
43
Level III Options

Option I – Engineering & Operations
(This option was designed specifically for Defence Force Personnel)
Semester I – 10 Credits
CVNG 1003: Construction Techniques
CVNG 1005: Science of Materials B
MENG 1005: Workshop Technology
MENG 1000: Engineering Graphics
Semester II – 14 Credits
CHNG 2005: Plant & Safety Engineering
SURV 2004: Surveying for Civil Engineers
SURV 2001: Elements of GIS
IENG 2004: Industrial Database & Design
IENG 2003: Engineering Economics & Financial Management

Semester III – 9 Credits
IENG 3016: Applied Project Management
IENG 3000: Industrial Management
IENG 3001: Production Planning & Control
AND either one (1) additional course taken from level II or III in the subject area OR an approved Project
Option II - Humanities and Education

• EITHER one (1) major in the subject area, OR
• two (2) minors in the subject area, OR
• ten (10) courses taken from Levels II and III of the subject area by consultation with the Faculty student advisor.
Majors
Communication Studies
History
Latin American Studies
Spanish
Festival Arts
Minors
Communication Studies
Cultural Studies
History
Music
Spanish
Festival Arts
Option III - Science, Agriculture and Medicine

Majors
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
Computer Science
Biology
Nutritional Sciences
Environment and Natural Resource Management
44
Minors
Mathematics
Statistics
Computer Science
Entrepreneurship
Chemistry
Biotechnology
Biology
Environmental and Natural Resource Management
Environmental Biology
Electronics
Material Science
Environmental Physics
Food and Food Service Management
Family and Consumer Sciences
Zoology
Botany
Marine Biology
Sport Nutrition
Option IV - Social Sciences

Major
Management Studies
Minors
Finance
Government (Political Science)
Human Resource Management
International Relations
Management Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Public Sector Management
Psychology
Sociology
Social Policy Administration
Social Policy
Social Psychology
Sports Management
45
B.SC. MANAGEMENT STUDIES MAJOR

Level I
EITHER
MGMT 1001 (MS12A) I Introduction to Management 3 I
OR
Levels II/III
Semester
PLUS: Four (4) elective Management Studies courses drawn from Levels II or III
PLUS: Thirty (30) additional Level II/III course credits
Note:
i. Students offering ECON 2000 (EC20A) and /or ECON 2001 (EC20B) for credit will not be allowed to offer MGMT 2032
(MS26A) for credit.
ii. Students cannot simultaneously offer ECON 2006 (EC23J) and ) MGMT 2012 (MS23C) for credit.
iii. Students cannot simultaneously offer ECON 2020 (EC25F) and MGMT 2011 (MS23B) for credit.
B.Sc. political science (Government) Major

Level I
GOVT 1001 (GT11D) Introduction to Politics II 3 II
GOVT 1005 (GT19B) Introduction to Public Policy Analysis 3 II
GOVT 1006(GT12C) Introduction to Public Administration 3 I
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences 3 II
FOUN 1001(FD10A) English for Academic Purposes 3 I & II
PLUS: Six (6) additional Level I course credits.
46
Levels II/III
GOVT 2015 (GT27B) Modern Political Thought 3 II
GOVT 2019 (GT28A) Comparative Politics 3 I
GOVT 2023 (GT29B) Issues in the Government and Politics of the West Indies 3 II
GOVT 3004 (GT32A) Scope and Methods in Political Analysis 3 I
GOVT 3019 (GT38C) Latin American Government, Politics and Development 3 I
PLUS: Thirty (30) additional Level II/III course credits i.e. ten (10) additional Level II/III courses
Note to students pursuing the B.Sc. Political Science (Government) Major with a Minor in International Relations:
1. The courses GOVT 3053 (GT38A) and GOVT 3054 (GT38B) are core courses to both the B.Sc. Political Science
(Government) Major and the Minor in International Relations.
2. As such, B.Sc. Political Science (Government) Major students, in addition to pursuing GOVT 2060 (GT24A), GOVT 3046
(GT30A), GOVT 3047 (GT30B) and GOVT 3003 (GT31C), will be required to pursue two (2) of the courses listed below
in order to qualify for Minor in International Relations:

GOVT 3001 (GT31A) Third World Political Thought 3 I
GOVT 3020 (GT38D) Power and Politics in Latin America 3 II
GOVT 2060 (GT24A) International Relations: Themes and Approaches 3 I
GOVT 2002 (GT 28B) Government and Politics in a Selected Region 3
GOVT 3065 Religion and World Politics 3 II
GOVT3067 Caricom Single Market and Economy (CSME)
Internal and External Relations 3 II
GOVT 3052 (GT37M) Contemporary Issues In International Relations 3 I
GOVT 3055 (GT38M) Theory and Practices of International Negotiations 3 I
B.Sc. Psychology Major

Level I
EITHER
OR
PSYC 1004 (PS11B) Introduction to Social Psychology 3 II
PSYC 1009 Research Methods in Psychology 3 II
EITHER
OR
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences 3 I
PLUS: Six (6) additional Level I course credits.
47
Levels II/III
PSYC 3025 (PS320) Research Project in Psychology 6 Year Long
B.Sc. Sociology Major

Level I
SOCI 1005 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioural Sciences 3 I & II
FOUN 1210 (FD12A) Science, Medication and Technology in Society 3 I & II
PLUS: Twelve (12) additional Level I course credits.
Levels II/III
SOCI 2000 (SY20E) Classical Social Theory 3 I
SOCI 2001 (SY20F) Modern Social Theory 3 II
SOCI 2006 (SY22F) Qualitative Methods in Sociological Research 3 II
SOCI 2011 (SY23D) Anthropology of the Peoples of the Caribbean II 3 II
SOCI 3006 (SY31F) The Third World in Global Development 3 II
SOCI 3008 (SY32E) Industrial Sociology I: Theory and Methods 3 II
SOCI 3028 (SY36E) Caribbean Social Structure I 3 I
B.Sc. Sports Management Major

Level I
PLUS: One (1) Elective chosen from Level I courses.
48
Level II
MGMT 2009 (MS22G) Sociology of Sport 3 I
MGMT 2010 (MS22M) Introduction to Sports Management 3 I
Level II
MGMT 2022 (MS27E) The Law and Sport 3 II
MGMT 2025 (MS28G) Fiscal Management in Sport 3 II
PLUS: Eighteen (18) additional Level II/III course credits
Level III
MGMT 3028 (MS32P) Physical Resource Management in Sport/
Facility Planning and Management 3 I
MGMT 3026 (MS32M) Human Resources Management in Sports 3 I
PLUS: One (1) Elective*
Level III
MGMT 3027 (MS32N) Sports Marketing and Public Relations 3 II
MGMT 3029 (MS32R) Internship in Sport 3 II
PLUS: Twelve (12) additional Level II/III course credits
* Notes:
The elective may be taken in Semester II of Level III depending on the course to be selected, drawn from among those listed below.
Not all of the following electives may be offered in a given year. Thus the approval of the Head of the Department is required before
registering for the elective.
Level
MKTG 3002 (MS30C) Marketing Research 3 I
MGMT 3057 (MS39M) Production and Operations Management 3 I
MKTG 3010 (MS30M) Integrated Marketing Communication 3 I
EC64B Applied Microeconomics (Sport)
EDSP 4201 (SP42A) Issues and Values in Sport and Physical Education 3 II
PLUS: One (1) of the following:

SOCI 2006 (SY22F) Qualitative Methods 3 II
49
Minors
Accounting Minor
ACCT 2014 (MS25A) Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 I
ACCT 2015 (MS25B) Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 II
PLUS: Two (2) additional Management Studies Level II/III courses
CRIMINOLOGY MINOR
GOVT 2011 (GT23B) Criminal Justice Systems 3 I
SOCI 3030 (SY37C) Sociology of Penal Practice 3 II
SOCI 3036 (SY39B) Police and Society 3 II

SOCI 2006 (SY22F) Qualitative Methods 3 II
GEND 2013 (AR20M) Men and Masculinities in the Caribbean 3 II
Note: Where any course is already counted for another major, special or minor, the student is required to select another Level II/III
elective in order to qualify for a minor in Criminology
Economics Minor
PLUS: Three (3) other Level II/III ECON courses at least one of which should be at Level III.
Finance Minor
MGMT 2024(MS28E) Money and Capital Markets 3 I (FT) & II (FT/EU)
MGMT 3055(MS38L) Applied Topics in Corporate Finance 3 II
PLUS: One (1) of:

MGMT 3050 (MS38D) Investment and Analysis 3 II
MGMT 3054 (MS38M) Capital Budgeting 3 Not Offered
MGMT 3053 (MS38N) International Financial Management 3 II
PLUS: One (1) Management Studies Elective 3
Gender and Development Studies Minor

This minor is now being offered in the Faculty of Social Sciences. Fifteen (15) credits are available for this minor – three (3) core
courses and two (2) elective courses. The introductory course (AR11C)(GEND 1103): Introduction to Women’s Studies, although not
a required course is highly recommended for persons wishing to do this minor. The required courses are:

GEND 2203 (AR22C) Feminist Theoretical Frameworks 3 I
GEND3039 /
SOCI 3039 (SY27D) Gender and Development: with reference to Caribbean Society 3
GEND3031 /
SOCI 3031 (SY37G) Sex, Gender and Society: Sociological Perspectives 3 II

50
PLUS: Two (2) electives chosen from the following courses:

SOCI 2025/GEND2025 Women and Work in the Global Economy 3 II
SOCI 3038/GEND 3038 Gender, Ethnicity and Class: Issues of Identity, Nation
and Citizenship in the English Speaking Caribbean 3 II
GEND 3501 Gender and Philosophy I 3 I
GEND 3502 Gender and Philosophy II 3 II
AGEX 3003 (AX39A) Gender Issues in Agriculture 3 I
GEND 3260 (NS21B) Gender and Science 3 II
HIST 3003 (H30C) Women & Gender in the History of the English-speaking Caribbean 3 I
LING 2501 (L25A) Language, Gender and Sex 3 I
Or any other approved courses. Please note that all courses may not be offered in any given year.
Human Resource Management Minor

PLUS: Two (2) Management Studies Level II/III courses 6
International Relations Minor

GOVT 2060 (GT24A) International Relations: Theories & Approaches 3 I
EITHER
GOVT 3046 (GT30A) International Organisations 3 I
OR
GOVT 3047 (GT30B) International Financial Organisations 3 II
GOVT 3003 (GT31C) Foreign Policy in the Third World 3 II
Management Information Systems Minor

MGMT 3013 (MS31D) Database Design and Business Application 3 II
Management Studies Minor

ACCT 2017 (MS25C) Management Accounting (for non-Accounting students) 3 I
PLUS: One (1) Management Studies Level III course 3
Note: Students of the B.Sc. Accounting Major wishing to pursue the Management Studies Minor are required to choose another
Management Studies Level II/III course in place of ACCT 2017 (MS25C)
51
Marketing Minor
MKTG 3000 (MS30A) Marketing Management 3 I
political sCIENCE (government) mINOR

EITHER
GOVT 2023 (GT29B) Issues in Government and Politics of the West Indies 3 II
OR
GOVT 3019 (GT38C) Latin American Government, Politics and Development 3 I
EITHER
OR
PLUS: One (1) of:

GOVT 2015 (GT27B) Modern Political Thought 3 II
GOVT 2019 (GT28A) Comparative Politics 3 I
Note: Students reading for the B.Sc. International Relations Special and a minor in Political Science (Government) are
required to substitute GOVT 3053 and/or GOVT 3054 with GOVT 2019 and/or GOVT 3023.
Public Sector Management Minor

GOVT 2034 (GT29H) Human Resource Management in the Public Sector 3 II
EITHER
OR
GOVT 3062 (GT37B) Comparative Public Administration 3 II
EITHER
OR
GOVT 3035 (GT39F) Comparative Public Policy Analysis 3 II
Psychology Minor
EITHER
OR
EITHER
OR
EITHER
OR
52
Social Policy Minor

All students wishing to pursue a minor in Social Policy are required to do the following four (4) compulsory core courses at Levels
II and III.

SOCI 2023 (SY25A) Social Policy and Administration I 3 I
SOCI 2015 (SY25B) Social Policy Organisation and Administration 3 I
SOCI 3019 (SY35B) Social Policy and Administration II 3 I
PLUS: One (1) of the following from Government (Political Science), Sociology, Social Work or Gender Studies
for a total of fifteen (15) credits.

GOVT 3035 (GT29F) Comparative Public Policy 3 II
GOVT 2030 (GT21P) Project Administration 3 II

SOCI 2022 (SY21C) Social Gerontology 3 I
SOCI 3002 (SY30E) Sociology of Education I 3 I
SOCI 3003 (SY30F) Sociology of Education II 3 II
SOCI 3005 (SY31C) Sociology of Health and Illness 3 II
SOCI 3023 (SY35E) Population Studies I 3 I
SOCI 3037 (SY35F) Population Studies II 3 II
SOCI 3030 (SY37C) Sociology of Penal Practice 3 II
SOCI 3040 Sociology of Families 3 II

SOCI 2016 (SY27D) Gender and Development: with reference to the Caribbean Society 3 1
SOCI 3031 (SY37G) Sex, Gender and Society: Sociological Perspectives 3 1

SOWK 2007 (SW24A) Social Disability Studies 3 II
Note: Where any course is already counted for another major, special or minor, the student is required to select another
elective in order to qualify for a minor in Social Policy.
OTHER ELECTIVES
(Gender Courses are offered in other Faculties but are available to students of The Faculty of Social Sciences)

GEND 1103 (AR11C) Introduction to Women’s Studies:
Theoretical Concepts and Sources of Knowledge 3 I
GEND 2203 (AR22C) Feminist Theoretical Frameworks 3 I
AGEX 3003 (AX39A) Gender Issues in Agriculture 3 I
GEND 3501 Philosophy of Gender 3 I
GEND 3502 Philosophy of Gender in Caribbean Thought 3 II
GENS 3260 (NS21B) Gender and Science 4 II
HIST 3003 (H30C) Women and Gender in the History of the
English-Speaking Caribbean 3 I
SOCI 3039 (SY27D) Gender and Development:
with Reference to the Caribbean Society 3 I
SOCI 3031 (SY37G) Sex, Gender and Society: Sociological Perspectives 3 I
SOCI 3038 Gender, Ethnicity and Class: Issues of Identity,
Nation and Citizenship in the English Speaking Caribbean 3
53
Sociology Minor
SOCI 2000 (SY20E) Classical Social Theory 3 I
SOCI 3028 (SY36E) Caribbean Social Structure I 3 I

SOCI 3002 (SY30E) Sociology of Education I 3 I
SOCI 3008 (SY32E) Industrial Sociology I 3 II
Sports Management Minor

1. Introduction
The minor in Sports Management will be open to any student of the University entering Level II who has successfully completed
the following courses or their equivalent.
Pre-Requisites
ACCT 1003 (MS15F) Introduction to Cost and Management Accounting 3 II
Either
OR
SOCI 1002 (SY13E) Introduction to Sociology 3 I
ECON 1005(EC160) Introduction to Statistics 3 I
ECON 1003(EC141) Introduction to Mathematics 3 II
2. Programme Structure
The minor comprises five (5) courses, each worth three (3) credits offered at Levels II and III as set out below:
MGMT 2010 (MS22M) Introduction to Sport Management 3 I
MGMT 3026 (MS32M) Managing Human Resource in Sport 3 I
MGMT 3027 (MS32N) Sport Marketing and Public Relations 3 II
MGMT 3028 (MS32P) Facility Planning and Management 3 I
MGMT 3029 (MS32R) Internship in Sport 3 II
54
Course LISTING for diploma programmes

Diploma in Public Sector Management
(Evening university )
Semester I/Year I
GOVT 1000 (GT 11C) Introduction to Politics 3
GOVT 1006 (GT12C) Introduction to Public Administration 3
GOVT 4000 (GT 50A) Organisational Theory and Behaviour 3
GOVT 4004 (GT 52A) Administrative Law I 3
Semester II/Year II
GOVT 1005 (GT 19B) Introduction to Public Policy Analysis 3
GOVT 2052 (GT 20B) Public Sector Accounting 3
GOVT 2030 (GT21P) Project Administration 3
GOVT 3004 (GT32A) Scope & Methods in Political Analysis 3
Summer Semester
Semester III (Summer) / Year III
Course Code Course Title Number of Credits
GOVT 3018 (GT29D) Public Sector Management 3
GOVT 4014 (GT57C) Business and Society in the Caribbean 3
GOVT 2034 (GT29H) Human Resource Management in the Public Sector 3
PLUS: One (1) Elective course chosen from Levels II or III c ourses in the Faculty of Social Sciences.
Diploma in Caribbean Studies

(Summer Programme Only)
GOVT 4010 (GT56A) Literature and Society in the Caribbean 3
GOVT 4011 (GT56B) Sociology of the Caribbean 3
GOVT 4012 (GT56C) The Government and Politics of the Caribbean 3
GOVT 4013 (GT57A) Caribbean Economy 3
GOVT 4015 (GT57D) International Relations of the Caribbean 3
GOVT 4014 (GT57C) Business and Society in the Caribbean 3
In addition, students will be required to complete a research paper (between 5,000 and 10,000 words in length). The topic shall be
selected from the above-mentioned subject areas.
Diploma in Security Administration

FULL-TIME STUDY
Year I
GOVT 4004 (GT52A) Administrative Law I 3
SOSC 1002 (CS13B) Introduction to Computing 3
PSYC 1003 (PS14A) Introduction to Psychology 3
MGMT 2008 (MS22A) Organisational Behaviour 3
MGMT 2021 (MS27A) Business Law 3
Year II
GOVT 4005 (GT52B) Administrative Law II 3
PSYC 2012 (PS24E) Developmental Psychology 3
GOVT 3018 (GT29D) Public Sector Management 3
ACCT 2016 (MS25D) Financial Accounting for Business Decisions 3
SOCI 3032 (SY37H) Criminology 3
The Department recommends that full-time students should be devoid of any commitment (e.g. work or other) that may impinge
on their attendance and performance in this programme owing to its intensity.
55
Course LISTING for certificate programmes

Certificate in Public Administration
(Evening university ONLY)
Semester I / Year I
GOVT 1000 (GT11C) Introduction to Politics I 3
GOVT 0401 (GT40A) Organisational Theory and Behaviour I 3
GOVT 0413 (GT41C) Human Resource Management 3
Semester II / Year II
GOVT 1001 (GT11D) Introduction to Politics II 3
GOVT 1007 (GT12D) Issues in Caribbean Public Administration 3
GOVT 0402 (GT40B) Organisational Theory and Behaviour II 3
GOVT 0412 (GT41B) A Study of Industrial Relations 3
Semester III (‘Summer’) / Year III

PLUS: Two (2) electives (Either two Level I courses OR
one (1) Level I course and GOVT 0444 (GT44D) 6
CERTIFICATE IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT STUDIES

(Evening university only)
Year I
GOVT 1000 (GT11C) Introduction to Politics I 3
GOVT 1002 (GT12F) Theory and Practice of Local Government 3
Year II
GOVT 1003 (GT12G) Caribbean Local Government Systems 3
GOVT 0444 (GT44D) Financial Administration 3
GOVT 0450 Practicum 3
Year III
GOVT 0401 (GT40A) Organisational Theory and Behaviour I 3
GOVT 0413 (GT 41C) Human Resource Management 3
GOVT 0450 Practicum 3
CERTIFICATE IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Year I
MGMT 0411 (MS41A) Mathematics for Computing 3
MGMT 0412 (MS 41B) Foundations of Information Technology 3
ACCT 1002 (MS15E) Introduction to Financial Accounting 3
MGMT 1001 (MS12A) Introduction to Management 3
56
Year II
MGMT 0421 (MS42A) Designing Information Systems I 3
MGMT 0422 (MS 42B) Information Systems in Business 3
MGMT 0423 (MS42C) Communication for Business 3
Year III
MGMT 0431 (MS43A) Data Communication and Distributed Data Processing 3
MGMT 0432(MS43B) Data Storage and Management 3
MGMT 0433 (MS34C) Designing Information Systems II 3
CERTIFICATE IN PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Year I
GOVT 0401 (GT40A) Organisational Theory & Behaviour I 3
GOVT 0413 (GT41C) Human Resource Management 3
GOVT 1005 (GT19B) Public Policy Analysis 3
Year II
GOVT 0444 (GT44D) Financial Administration 3
GOVT 0415 (GT41E) Compensation Management 3
Year III
GOVT 0412 (GT41B) Industrial Relations 3
GOVT 0414 (GT41D) Public Sector Ethics 3
GOV T 0416 (GT41F) Human Resource Development 3
GOVT 0417 (GT41G) Information Systems 3
CO-CURRICULAR COURSE
COCR 1012 Workplace Protocol For Students Programme 0 I & II
Note: For information about all Co-Curricular courses offered, see the Co-Curricular handbook provided by the
Student Advisory Services (SAS).
LANGUAGE COURSES
SPANISH
SPAN 0150 Spanish Level 1A 2 I & II
SPAN 0151 Spanish Level 1B 2 I & II
FRENCH
FREN 0150 French Level 1A 2 I & II
FREN 0151 French Level 1B 2 I & II
57
Course descriptions LEVEL: II

SEMESTER: I (FT) & II (EU only)
(According to Alphabetical order of Banner Course Codes) COURSE CODE: ACCT 2014 (MS25A)
COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I
Note: CREDITS: 3
Before your choose your courses PREREQUISITES: ACCT 1002 (MS15E)
1. Verify that a Course is being Offered: Some of the courses DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
listed may not be offered in a given academic year. Before COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for students
choosing a course, verify that it is being offered this academic who are considering careers in accountancy. Materials covered
year by checking the Online Student Registration System. in the introductory course are continued and extended with the
In any given semester, only courses being offered will be objective of obtaining an in-depth understanding of modern
available for online registration. If it is not online, it is not accounting.
being offered at this time.
2. Ensure you are Registered: As a student, it is YOUR LEVEL: II
responsibility to ensure that you are properly registered for SEMESTER: II
your courses. COURSE CODE: ACCT 2015 (MS25B)
3. Overrides: When the Faculty and the Departments grant COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II
overrides, this does not mean that you are automatically CREDITS: 3
registered for these courses. The student must then use the PREREQUISITES: ACCT 2014 (MS25A)
Online Registration System to register for the courses for DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
which overrides have been granted. COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a continuation of the
4. Course Loads and Prerequisites: When choosing courses, intermediate accounting programme commenced in MS25A.
students should plan their course load carefully and ensure It is designed for students who are considering careers in
that they register for the prerequisites for courses they intend accountancy. Materials covered in the introductory course are
to take in the future. continued and extended
LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES COURSE CODE: ACCT 2016 (MS25D)
COURSE TITLE: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS
LEVEL: I DECISIONS
SEMESTER: I CREDITS: 3
COURSE CODE: ACCT 1002 (MS15E) PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
ACCOUNTING COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for students
CREDITS: 3 who have not completed MS15E and MS15F. It provides a
PREREQUISITES: None practical and theoretical understanding of the principles and
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies concepts involved in the preparation of financial statements.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introductory course designed for NOTE: Students who have completed MS15E (ACCT 1002) or
students of accounting and those in other areas of study. It aims its equivalent cannot offer MS25D (ACCT 2016) for credits.
at providing a practical and a theoretical understanding of the
principles and concepts involved in the preparation of financial LEVEL: II
statements. Students are exposed to a conceptual analytical SEMESTER: I (FT) & II (EU only)
approach with the aim of improving their critical thinking and COURSE CODE: ACCT 2017 (MS25C)
communicative skills. COURSE TITLE: MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: I PREREQUISITES: ACCT 1002 (MS15E) AND
SEMESTER: II ACCT 1003 (MS15F)
COURSE CODE: ACCT 1003 (MS15F) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO COST AND MANAGERIAL COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course explains how managerial
ACCOUNTING accounting information is used by managers in manufacturing,
CREDITS: 3 retail, service and not-for-profit organisations to anticipate the
PREREQUISITES: None future and monitor the activities of the business.
CO-REQUISITES: ACCT 1002 (MS15E)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an introductory course for
students of accounting as well as other areas of study. It aims
to acquaint them with the uses of accounting information and
techniques useful to the manager in planning, decision-making
and controlling organisational activities.
58
LEVEL: II LEVEL: III

SEMESTER: I SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: ACCT 2021 (MS25H) COURSE CODE: ACCT 3041 (MS35F)
COURSE TITLE: COST AND MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
CREDITS: 3 CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ACCT 1003 (MS15F) PREREQUISITES: ACCT 2015 (MS25B)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course continues and extends the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals with specific topics of
principles and concepts of management accounting covered advanced accounting theory and reporting. Emphasis is placed
in the introductory course. The student is exposed to a more in on specific issues that often face senior management personnel
depth understanding of current theory and practice. as well as the professional accountant.
LEVEL: III LEVEL: III

SEMESTER: II SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: ACCT 3015 (MS31G) COURSE CODE: ACCT 3043 (MS36B)
COURSE TITLE: ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS COURSE TITLE: AUDITING I
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2006 (MS21B) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2021 (MS27A)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES CO-REQUISITES: ACCT 3041 (MS35F) AND MGMT 3046
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an in-depth (MS37B)
examination of the use of information in the Accounting and DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
Financial Management functions of an organisation. The COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the students
development and application of information technology used in to auditing. It attempts to provide the background they need
this field is studied. Practical training using current Accounting to exercise judgment in the determination of the nature and
and Financial Analysis software is provided. the amount of evidence that auditors should accumulate after
considering the unique circumstances of each engagement.
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: II LEVEL: I
COURSE CODE: ACCT 3039 (MS35K) SEMESTER: I
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING COURSE CODE: ECON 0001 (EC01A)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: REMEDIAL MATHEMATICS
PREREQUISITES: ACCT 2021 (MS25H) CREDITS: 0
CO-REQUISITES: ACCT 3041 (MS35F) PREREQUISITES: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Faculty of Social
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course integrates topics covered in Sciences
previous accounting courses as well as related fields of finance, COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended for those first
managerial economics, quantitative analysis and M.I.S. year students who have either been away from mathematics
for several years or possess a weak foundation in mathematics.
LEVEL: III It provides a refresher in the basic concepts of algebra, sets
SEMESTER: II and manipulative mathematics. No doubt that you have
COURSE CODE: ACCT 3040 (MS35J) been exposed to much of this material at secondary school.
COURSE TITLE: ACCOUNTING THEORY However, because these topics and tools are important in
CREDITS: 3 handling mathematics over the next three years of study, a
PREREQUISITES: None second exposure to them just prior to starting EC140 would
CO-REQUISITES: ACCT 3041 (MS35F) be beneficial. Class sizes are small so as to provide the much
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Management Studies needed one on one attention to students.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is a course for students
specializing in accounting. Its main objective is to develop the
students’ understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of the
contemporary approach to financial reporting, together with
the political and pragmatic considerations in the development
of its framework and standards.
59
LEVEL: I (CO-CURRICULAR) LEVEL: I

SEMESTER: I & II SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: COCR 1012 COURSE CODE: ECON 1003 (EC141)
COURSE TITLE: WORKPLACE PROTOCOL FOR STUDENTS COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS I
PROGRAMME CREDITS: 3
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: A Pass in Mathematics at either GCE
PRE REQUISITES: None ëO’ Level or CSEC General PROFICIENCY and either A
Department Responsible: FACULTY OF SOCIAL PASS in the Mathematics Proficiency Test (MPT) or
SCIENCES REMEDIAL MATHEMATICS (ECON 0001)
Course Description: The ‘Workplace Protocol for Students’ COURSE DESCRIPTION: Set theory, relations and functions.
Programme allows participants to acquire the critical social Number theory, functions and equations. Calculus of functions
skills necessary for personal and professional success. It is a of a single variable.
comprehensive, relevant and highly interactive co-curricular NOTE: Students admitted into the B.Sc. Economics Major or
experience aimed at providing students with the ‘behavioural B.Sc. Special who possess a Pass at GCE Additional Mathematics,
tools’ that would enable them to close the gap between the GCE Advanced Level Mathematics or CAPE Mathematics (Units 1
social/workplace skills that they may not have, and those and 2) will be exempted from reading ECON1003. Such students
required for success and prominence in today’s dynamic will be required to read another 3-credit Level I course from
organisations. Upon completion, students will exhibit the any discipline on the Campus to complete their Level I credit
confidence, diplomacy, courtesy and poise that undoubtedly requirements.
contribute to a strong professional presence.
LEVEL: I
SEMESTER: I
LEVEL: I
COURSE CODE: ECON 1005 (EC160)
SEMESTER: I
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
COURSE CODE: ECON 1001 (EC10D)
CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS I
PREREQUISITES: None
CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Collection and compilation of data.
Descriptive statistics, Probability and probability distributions,
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides students to the
Sampling distributions, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, Simple
history of economic thought highlighting some of the key
correlation and regression. Teaching is accompanied by
economic issues, which have preoccupied the discipline from
computer applications using MINITAB.
its origins. The course also provides an introduction to the
basic principles of micro-economic analysis together with the
LEVEL: II
main perspectives on the functioning of the macro-economy.
SEMESTER: I
The microeconomic analysis is illustrated by reference to a
COURSE CODE: ECON 2000 (EC20A)
key export sector in the Caribbean (e.g. oil or bananas). The
COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS I
implications of trends in the latter for the Balance of Payments
CREDITS: 3
and macro economy conclude this first semester course.
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005
AND ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 and ECON 1003
LEVEL: I
(EC141)/agrI 1003/MATH 1140
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: ECON 1002 (EC10F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course presents a rigorous analysis
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS II
of the theory of household behaviour and demonstrates that
CREDITS: 3
microeconomics is central to an understanding of consumer/
PREREQUISITES: None
household decision-making. At the end of the course you will
CO-REQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D)
understand (i) how microeconomic theory can be used to
explain household behaviour and (ii) how to use the model
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course emphasizes macro-
of consumer choice to demonstrate the effect of government
economic theory and policy and the related national income
policy on household decision-making.
accounting together with international trade and the balance
of payments. There is a significant stress on the implications of
these economic issues for the Caribbean reality.
60
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: II SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: ECON 2001 (EC20B) COURSE CODE: ECON 2005 (EC23E)
COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS II COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC ACCOUNTING
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 and ECON 1003 (EC141)/ AND ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 AND ACCT 1002
agrI 1003/ MATH 1140 (MS15E)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course presents a rigorous COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to provide students
analysis of the theory of firm. behaviour and welfare economics with a thorough understanding of the structure and problems
and demonstrates that microeconomics is central to an associated with the preparation of national and regional
understanding of business decision-making and government economic and social accounts. It also gives an introductory
intervention in markets. At the end of the course you will treatment of data management.
understand
(i) how microeconomic theory can be used to explain LEVEL: II
firm behaviour and SEMESTER: I
(ii) the conditions under which a case can be made for COURSE CODE: ECON 2006 (EC23J)
government intervention in markets. COURSE TITLE: ECONOMIC STATISTICS
(STATISTICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS)
LEVEL: II CREDITS: 3
SEMESTER: I PREREQUISITES: ECON 1003 (EC141)/ agrI 1003/ MATH
COURSE CODE: ECON 2002 (EC21A) 1140 AND ECON 1005 (EC160) OR AGBU 2003
COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS I DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to provide students of
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND Economics and the Social Sciences with a sound understanding
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 of statistical concepts and techniques used in modern economic
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics analysis.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theories and Models; Theories of
Aggregate Demand - Consumption; Investment; Theories LEVEL: II
of Money; Securities and the Rate of Interest; Basic Income- SEMESTER: I
generation Models: Neo-Classical, Keynesian, The Challenge COURSE CODE: ECON 2015 (EC24B)
to Keynes: Current theories; The Labour Market in Developing COURSE TITLE: MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS I
Countries. CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1003 (EC141)/ agrI 1003/ MATH
LEVEL: II 1140 AND ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND ECON
SEMESTER: II 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006
COURSE CODE: ECON 2003 (EC21B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
COURSE TITLE: INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS II COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sets and Propositions, Boolean
CREDITS: 3 Algebra, Groups, Rings, Number Systems, Transformation and
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND Linear Systems, Matrices – determinants, Inversion, Rank and
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 Equivalence, Linear dependence and Independence, Vectors
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics and Vector Spaces, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Quadratic
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Role of Government Keynesian forms, Linear and Quadratic programming, Optimization
view, Alternative view; The Open Economy: Income Generation, methods. Graphs and Sub graphs, Isomorphisms, Directed
Balance of Payments Adjustment; The Supply of Money: graphs, Hamiltonian and Eulerian Graphs, Planar graphs, Trees
Determination of the Supply, Constraints of Fiscal and Monetary (Binary Trees, Spanning trees).
Policy; Dynamic theories in investment; Accelerator theories,
Paths of Capital Accumulation; Growth; Models of Caribbean
Economy.
61

COURSE CODE: ECON 2016 (EC24C) COURSE CODE: ECON 3005 (EC31E)
COURSE TITLE: MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS COURSE TITLE: MONETARY THEORY AND POLICY
II IN ECONOMICS II CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1003 (EC141)/ agrI 1003/ MATH (EC21A)
1140 AND ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 OR ECON DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objective of this course is to
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics provide students with a solid grounding in (i) the fundamentals
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Remainder Theorem, Partial Fractions, of monetary theory and (ii) the effects of monetary policy on the
Fourier Series, Functions and Relations of a single variable – macro economy. Experiences of both developed and developing
limits, continuity, differentiation, maxima and minima. Double countries will be used to highlight the links between theory and
and multiple integrals, functions of several variables – partial policy.
and total differentiation, differentials, Taylor Expansion,
Eulers Theorem, Jacobians, Optimization (Constrained and LEVEL: III
Unconstrained), Complex numbers, Differential and Difference SEMESTER: I
Equations (including stochastic difference equations). COURSE CODE: ECON 3006 (EC30N)
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL TRADE THEORY
LEVEL: II AND POLICY
SEMESTER: II CREDITS: 3
COURSE CODE: ECON 2020 (EC25F) PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2002 (EC21A)
COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN ECONOMY AND ECON 2003 (EC21B)
CREDITS: 3 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND COURSE DESCRIPTION: The theory of international trade
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 including alternative theories of trade; the structure of world
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics trade and the main factors influencing trade (trade in services);
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objective of this course is to expose the relationship between trade, growth and development;
students to the literature on Caribbean economic theory and international trade policy; regional economic integration
policy analysis. The course provides a critical review of economic including North-South cooperation; international investments:
strategies pursued or proposed for the Caribbean. the multinational firm.; institutions and agreements which
influence international trade (WTO, LOME, etc.).
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: I LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: ECON 3001 (EC30F) SEMESTER: II
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS I COURSE CODE: ECON 3007 (EC33B)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY & FINANCIAL
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2001 (EC20B) THEORY
AND ECON 2002 (EC21A) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics PREREQUISITES: ECON 2002 (EC21A) and ECON 2003
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the student to (EC21B)
industrial organisation theory, traditional and modern, the issues DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
of structure and strategy in the modern business enterprise, and COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Balance of Payments; The Foreign
the economic implications thereof. Exchange Market (Euro-Currency Market and Analysis of the
Efficient Market Hypothesis); International Adjustment and
LEVEL: III Stabilisation; The International Monetary System (History,
SEMESTER: II Problems and Proposals for Reform.); International Capital
COURSE CODE: ECON 3002 (EC30J) Markets and the Movement of Capital; The International Debt
COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL ECONOMICS Problem.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2002 (EC21A) and ECOn 2003
(EC21B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to give students
a feel for the main economic issues involved in the assessment
of major social sectors by focusing the tools of economic
analysis in Health, Housing, Education, Poverty Alleviation, the
Environment, and on Gender and Racial/Ethnic Discrimination
and their elimination.
62

COURSE CODE: ECON 3008 (EC30Q) COURSE CODE: ECON 3027 (EC33H)
COURSE TITLE: HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT COURSE TITLE: ECONOMIC PLANNING AND PROJECT
CREDITS: 3 APPRAISAL
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND CREDITS: 3
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2001 (EC20B),
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics ECON 2002 (EC21A) AND ECON 2003 (EC21B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Examination of the development of DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
Economic analysis – Early Economic Thought, The Classical COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to the
School, Marxist School, Neoclassical and Keynesian Schools. principles of macroeconomic planning in a mixed economy and
Selected Modern Trends and Controversies; Development examines the methodological issues involved in integrating
Economics; the Establishment of Caribbean Economics. planning and the market. The efficiency of planning in
comparative term’s will be examined as well as the specifics of
LEVEL: III sectoral planning within the domestic economy.
SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: ECON 3011 (EC31G) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SEMESTER: II
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: ECON 3034 (EC34D)
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2001 COURSE TITLE: RESOURCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL
(EC20B) ECONOMICS ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics CREDITS: 3
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to provide students PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A)
with a background to the workings of the Financial Systems CO-REQUISITES: ECON 3056 (EC38E)
in Market Economies generally and within the Caribbean DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
economic context in particular. COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers the economics
of natural resources (both renewable and non-renewable);
LEVEL: III environmental and ecological economics together with the
SEMESTER: I economics of sustainable development in small islands of the
COURSE CODE: ECON 3016 (EC33E) Caribbean.
COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS
CREDITS: 3 LEVEL: III
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2001 (EC20B), SEMESTER: I
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics COURSE CODE: ECON 3049 (EC36C)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics COURSE TITLE: ECONOMETRICS I
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The Role of Government in the CREDITS: 3
Economy; The Role of Government in developing countries and PREREQUISITES: ECON 2006 (EC23J) OR ACCT 2015 (MS25B)
the Caribbean; Public Finance - Taxation (direct and indirect) and OR MATH 2140 AND MATH 2150. ECON 2015 (EC24B)
its impact on the economy; the Theory of Public Sector Pricing RECOMMENDED: ECON 2005 (EC23E)
and Production; The Scope and Limitations of Public Economic DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
Policy and the Design of Public Policy. COURSE DESCRIPTION: The main objective of this course is to
provide a fairly sound foundation in the theory and practice of
LEVEL: III standard econometric methods. Lectures will be supplemented
SEMESTER: II by practical laboratory sessions involving the use of econometric
COURSE CODE: ECON 3020 (EC32F) software like Eviews.
COURSE TITLE: ECONOMIC INTEGRATION
CREDITS: 3 LEVEL: III
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002 SEMESTER: II
(EC21A) COURSE CODE: ECON 3050 (EC36D)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics COURSE TITLE: ECONOMETRICS II
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Definition and rationale for Integration; CREDITS: 3
Theory of Economic Integration; Integration Instruments; PREREQUISITES: ECON 3049 (EC36C)
Selected problems of integration schemes; Caribbean RECOMMENDED: ECON 2016 (EC24C)
Integration; Case studies of other regional groupings. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course, a follow up to EC36C, deals
with modern econometric methods, principally those involving
time series analysis like unit root testing, co-integration, VAR
modeling, ARIMA modeling and so on.
63

COURSE CODE: ECON 3051 (EC22A) COURSE CODE: ECON 3057 (EC38F)
COURSE TITLE: TOPICS IN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COURSE TITLE: HEALTH ECONOMICS
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005 AND PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), AND ECON 2002
ECON 1002 (EC10F) OR AGBU 1006 (EC21A)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course introduces the student to COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students
some of the main development issues that have contributed to to the issues surrounding the objective of providing health
the development paths pursed either collectively or individually care consistent with the reality of scarce resources and the
by countries of the Caribbean. In this regard the course examines overriding concern with improving the quality of life. Students
some of the fundamental theories on Caribbean Economic will be exposed to the use of economic analysis in the design
Development such as those as proposed by Sir Arthur Lewis and of health policy. Special emphasis will be placed on elucidating
Lloyd Best. Current development concerns and issues which are the relationship between epidemiology and the allocation of
particularly important to Caribbean Small Island Developing resources.
States (SIDS), e.g. health, education and natural disasters are
also dealt with in this course. This course includes an on-line LEVEL: III
component worth 40% of final marks and a final exam which SEMESTER: II
accounts for 60% of final marks. Students must pass both COURSE CODE: ECON 3066 (EC30A)
components of the course in order to pass it. COURSE TITLE: CORPORATE FINANCE
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: III PREREQUISITES: None
SEMESTER: II RECOMMENDED: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2001 (EC20B),
COURSE CODE: ECON 3052 (EC30B) ECON 2002 (EC21A) AND ECON 2003 (EC21B)
COURSE TITLE: fiscal policy and ECONOMIC CO-REQUISITES: ECON 3011 (EC31G)
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION:The objective of this course is to provide
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2002 (EC21A) AND students with the basic practical tools of Portfolio Analysis and
ECON 2003 (EC21B) Investment in the Modern Corporate Economy.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The theoretical and empirical LEVEL: III
significance of the fiscal disequilibrium problem in developing SEMESTER: I
countries. Approaches to the fiscal disequilibrium problem: COURSE CODE: ECON 3067 (EC39F)
Budget and Expenditure Reform. The disequilibrium problem: COURSE TITLE: ENERGY ECONOMICS I
Tax Reform., Fiscal Policy options for a small open economy. CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A)
LEVEL: III DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS
SEMESTER: II COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers select topics in
COURSE CODE: ECON 3056 (EC38E) Energy Economics. It is designed to introduce students to key
COURSE TITLE: PROJECT EVALUATION microeconomic issues, and to allow them to better understand
CREDITS: 3 the dynamics of the constituent parts of the energy value chain
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND from exploration and production to refining and marketing. It
ECON 2001 (EC20B) will cover issues such as oil and gas markets and pricing, legal
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics arrangements covering oil and gas exploration and production,
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides the tools for upstream cost and production economics, plant economics and
planning projects (industrial, infrastructural, agricultural and gas contracts issues. Special emphasis will be placed on the LNG
social) in an economy. The issues addressed include project industry; students are also introduced to the economics of gas
identification, the project cycle, project appraisal and investment use in selected end markets. The programme will also introduce
and project finance. a tour of plants and facilities in the energy sector.
64
LEVEL: III LEVEL: CERTIFICATE

COURSE CODE: ECON 3068 (EC39G) COURSE CODE: GOVT 0413 (GT41C)
COURSE TITLE: ENERGY ECONOMICS II COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITES: ECON 3067 (EC39F), ECON 2002 (EC21A) PREREQUISITES: None
AND ECON 2003 (EC21B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will seek to explore in
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers additional topics in greater Human Resource considerations with specific reference
Energy Economics, with emphasis on macroeconomics issues. to the Public Sector. The following topics will be dealt with:
Topics to be covered include oil price shocks and the global Defining Human Resource Management; Role and function of
economy, the problems associated with managing oil wealth, Personnel Agencies and Service Commissions; Issues affecting
resource based industrialization strategies, energy policy and Human Resource Management in the Public Sector – gender,
the environment. inequality, discrimination etc.; The Role and function of the
Organisation and Management Division; Environmental
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE ergonomics, Physical facility, employee safety, health and
SEMESTER: I welfare; Employee Assistance Programme; Strategic Planning;
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0401 (GT40A) Corruption, Training and Performance Evaluation.
COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY AND
BEHAVIOUR I LEVEL: CERTIFICATE
CREDITS: 3 SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE CODE: GOVT 0414 (GT41D)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC SECTOR ETHICS
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will comprise the following CREDITS: 3
topics: Behaviour; Characteristics of organisations; Classical PREREQUISITES: None
theory; The Human Relations Movement; Characteristics of DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
modern organisational theory; motivation and productivity; SCIENCES
Organisational development; Organisational Theory and COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to enable
Behaviour. students to examine the implications of ethical decisions in
organisational life. It seeks to provide managers with guidelines
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE and theories, which link ethical issues and economic practice.
SEMESTER: II The course will look at the following issues: ethical theories, the
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0402 (GT40B) social responsibility of business, ethics and decision-making,
COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY AND insider trading, whistle-blowing, ethics and salesmanship and
BEHAVIOUR II business ethics in a global environment.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None LEVEL: CERTIFICATE
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will include the following COURSE CODE: GOVT 0415 (GT41E)
topics: The Characteristics of Organisations; Overview of COURSE TITLE: COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT
Organisation and management theory; Administrative CREDITS: 3
Theory and Bureaucracy; The Human Relations Movement; PREREQUISITES: None
Modern Organisational Theory; Typologies of Organisations; DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
Motivation; Job Design and Productivity; Stress Management; SCIENCES
Decision-making; Communication Organisational Change and COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will expose students to
Development. such issues as wage policy, remuneration packages, perks and
bonuses, methods of evaluation, motivation, performance and
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE morale of employees and, the legal aspects of compensation.
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0412 (GT41B)
COURSE TITLE: A STUDY OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course of study looks at the
concepts, attitudes and approaches to Industrial Relations;
Trade Unionism; Trade Unions and the wider society; Collective
Bargaining; Management-worker Conflict; Causes and patterns
of strikes and their resolutions; The Role of the State in Industrial
Relations.
65
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE LEVEL: I

SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0416 (GT41F) COURSE CODE: GOVT 1000 (GT11C)
COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 1
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics include the nature of Politics;
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to further theories of State; Concepts of Rights; Weber and Marx; Executives
develop the material covered in the Human Resource and Legislatures; Parties; Pressure Groups; British Government;
Management course as well as to expose students to issues American Government; West Indian Government; Relations
and techniques associated with the development of human among States.
resources in the public sector. Course coverage will include
the internal and external environment as it affects human LEVEL: I
resource development, human resource decision-making, equal SEMESTER: II
employment opportunities, employers and employee rights, COURSE CODE: GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
strategic training, improving productivity and quality and, COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS II
leadership and management. CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to a
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0417 (GT 41G) basic understanding of the structure and processes of modern
COURSE TITLE: INFORMATION SYSTEMS politics. It builds on the fundamental topics and theories
CREDITS: 3 introduced in GT11C. Also some new material and topic areas
PREREQUISITES: None are covered. At the same time, the course is also designed to
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL provide students with an awareness of political ideas and
SCIENCES concepts based on the writings of a variety of thinkers and
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to philosophers.
acquaint students, lower level supervisors and managers
with an introduction to information systems. The importance LEVEL: I
of information for organisations, and for coping with the SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
increasing global changes make it imperative to possess COURSE CODE: GOVT 1002 (GT12F)
accurate data on which to base policy. The course will focus on COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF LOCAL
people, data and procedures and will necessarily involve some GOVERNMENT
computer techniques. Topics will include information theory, CREDITS: 3
systems analysis, human and organisational communication, PREREQUISITES: None
telecommunications and computing. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to give students a
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE greater understanding on the concept of local government. It
SEMESTER: II will also seek to give students an appreciation of the operations
COURSE CODE: GOVT 0444 (GT44D) of local government systems not only in the Commonwealth
COURSE TITLE: FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION Caribbean but also in different parts of the world.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None LEVEL: I
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES SEMESTER: I
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to give the COURSE CODE: GOVT 1003 (GT12G)
student a general understanding of the various aspects of COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN LOCAL GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS
public sector financial administration. The following topics CREDITS: 3
will be covered: The National Budget; Recurrent and Capital PREREQUISITES: None
Expenditure; Revenue; Financial Administration in State DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
Enterprises/Statutory Boards; Role and function of the Auditor- COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will allow students to
General; Role and function of Treasury Division. develop a basic understanding of how the local government
system in the Commonwealth Caribbean operates. To this
end, it will trace the evolution of Caribbean systems of local
government and treat in detail with the different forms of local
government as exist in the region. The course will allow for
analysis of constraints within the local government systems, as
well as to explore the various local, regional and international
organisations, which play a part in seeking the advancement of
Caribbean local government.
66
LEVEL: I LEVEL: I
COURSE CODE: GOVT 1004 (GT12H) COURSE CODE: GOVT 1007 (GT12D)
COURSE TITLE: PRACTICAL ISSUES FOR GOOD COURSE TITLE: ISSUES IN CARIBBEAN PUBLIC
GOVERNANCE ADMINISTRATION
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES CO-REQUISITES: GOVT 1006 (GT12C)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course consists of four basic DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
modules related to the practical operations of local government. COURSE DESCRIPTION: Building on the theoretical framework
The first module deals with the issue of the changing role of in the Introduction to Public Administration course, this course
the state in the context of structural adjustment. The second focuses on specific issues in the practice and operationalization
module extends this debate by focusing on the implications of public administration as it affects the Commonwealth
of governance as opposed to government, and thereupon Caribbean. Students are required to work on a project (case
review the concept of the civil society. The third module relates study) to assess and analyse the operationalization of an aspect
to the issue of development, a critical issue affecting all local or concept of public administration within a public sector
government systems, while the final module seeks to facilitate environment.
local governments in better treating with the various publics
and thus exposes the students to the basis of public relations. LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: I
LEVEL: I COURSE CODE: GOVT 2011 (GT23B)
SEMESTER: II COURSE TITLE: CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS
COURSE CODE: GOVT 1005 (GT19B) CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
ANALYSIS (GT11D), SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
CREDITS: 3 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the institutional
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES arrangements devised by societies to respond to crime. It
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to provides an overview of the Criminal Justice System - and
the concepts and process of public policy. It is a precursor to while not being explicitly comparative, locates the Caribbean
the Levels III courses GT39E Public Policy Analysis and GT39F in the wider international context offering some comparisons
Comparative Public Policy. and contrasts with both the developed and some developing
countries. It involves a survey of the police, courts and
LEVEL: I corrections. General issues for consideration include – how and
SEMESTER: I why the system developed in the region as it did; how theories
COURSE CODE: GOVT 1006 (GT12C) relate to policies and how the existing system may be reformed
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC and/or transformed.
ADMINISTRATION
CREDITS: 3 LEVEL: II
PREREQUISITES: None SEMESTER: I
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE CODE: GOVT 2014 (GT27A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a general introduction to COURSE TITLE: FOUNDATIONS OF POLITICAL THOUGHT
the discipline and practice of public administration. It focuses CREDITS: 3
on the meaning, scope and importance of public administration PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
and its development as an academic discipline. The course (GT11D)
will examine the various administrative theories, principles, DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
techniques and concepts. COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines pre-Socratic
philosophy as well as Plato and Aristotle. Exposure to the political
ideas of the Stoics, Epicurcaus, Cynics and Skeptics. Extended
examination of Roman and Christian political thought.
67
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2015 (GT27B) COURSE CODE: GOVT 2023 (GT29B)
COURSE TITLE: MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT COURSE TITLE: ISSUES IN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF
CREDITS: 3 THE WEST INDIES
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 CREDITS: 3
(GT11D) PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES (GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A critical analysis of Machiavelli, Hobbes, DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
Locke and Rosseau. Extended analysis of Marxism-Leninism, COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course looks at the following
Maoism, Examination of Castro, Manley and Eric Williams. problems in the West Indian politics: Political leadership; Voting
Behaviour; the Westminster System; The Nature of Political
LEVEL: II Parties; Foreign Policy; Ethnicity and Politics; The Role of the
SEMESTER: I Opposition; Military Intervention.
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2019 (GT28A)
COURSE TITLE: COMPARATIVE POLITICS LEVEL: II
CREDITS: 3 SEMESTER: II
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 COURSE CODE: GOVT 2030 (GT21P)
(GT11D) COURSE TITLE: PROJECT ADMINISTRATION
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES CREDITS: 3
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course clarifies and synthesizes PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
some of the major theoretical directions found in the literature AND GOVT 1005 (GT19B)
on comparative politics. A critical examination and assessment DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
of both orthodox and radical theories of comparative politics is COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an understanding
undertaken. of the dynamics, techniques and problems associated with
the administration of a project in the Public Sector. Emphasis
LEVEL: II is placed on exposing students to a theoretical appreciation of
SEMESTER: I some of the debates surrounding the intellectual framework
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2020 (GT28B) of contemporary development cooperation. The desire of
COURSE TITLE: GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS IN A SELECTED modern states to achieve rapid infrastructural development
REGION as a prerequisite for foreign investment, economic growth and
CREDITS: 3 employment creation has ushered in a phase of unparalleled
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 country-to-country aid and an assortment of contractual
(GT11D) relationships within the multilateral lending community. This
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES course focuses on the practical problems of public management
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals with Imperialism; in relation to project administration and evaluation within the
Colonialism; Nationalism; Modernization; Ideology; The Military; context of actual experiences in the Caribbean.
Consociationalism.
LEVEL: II
LEVEL: II SEMESTER: II
SEMESTER: I COURSE CODE: GOVT 2034 (GT29H)
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2022 (GT29A) COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN RESOURCE
COURSE TITLE: FOUNDATIONS OF WEST INDIAN MANAGEMENT
GOVERNMENT CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 AND GOVT 1005 (GT19B)
(GT11D) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to acquaint
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on Crown Colony students and practitioners with the theoretical and practical
Government; Colonial Administration; Social movements; perspectives involved in the personnel functions of the
Pressure Groups and Political Parties; Social Stratification in the Public Sector. It focuses on the changing role of Personnel
Caribbean; The Structure of Independent States. Administration, and on its critical function in the achievement
of the goals of Administration Reform. It will accordingly deal
with issues such as the role of the Public Service Commissions,
the factors that redefined the movement from Administration
to Management, the impact of the Scientific Management
movement, motivation, performance appraisal, recruitment
practices and the special problems associated with the Public
Sector.
68
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: I SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2049 (GT27M) COURSE CODE: GOVT 2052 (GT20B)
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNTING
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR
(GT11D) GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to COURSE DESCRIPTION: Without public sector accounting
the nature of, scope, and approaches to International Political experience, students will lack a frame of reference in attempting
Economy.It is based on the premise that the study of International to apply accounting concepts and principles to public sector
Relations (IR) must take into account the relationship between transactions. This course will facilitate students’ understanding
economic and political forces in the international community. of accounting in the public sector, inclusive of the Public Service
Thus, the course focuses on the political economy perspective and State Enterprises. To this end, it will provide knowledge on
to issues such as the nature of the liberal international order, both not-for-profit organisations, e.g. Government Ministries,
globalization and the nature of the international financial Local Government, Regional and Municipal Corporations,
systems, and distributive justice and policy coordination at the The Tobago House of Assembly, Statutory Bodies, and State
international level. It also pays attention to International Politics Enterprises, which operate as commercial entities. This course
and to certain contemporary problems facing the international will emphasize different types of accounting systems pertaining
community and the Caribbean. to the varying categories of public sector organisations. Target
Group: Students enrolled in the second and third year of any
LEVEL: II degree programme. It is specifically aimed at public officers
SEMESTER: I enrolled in the B.Sc. Government, Public Sector Management
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2051 (GT20A) and the Diploma in Public Sector Management.
COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR LEVEL: II
CREDITS: 3 SEMESTER: I
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D) COURSE CODE: GOVT 2053 (GT20C)
AND GOVT 1005 (GT19B) COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES INFORMATION SYSTEMS
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to provide CREDITS: 3
students with an understanding of the issues surrounding the PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR
transformation of Industrial Relations (IR) in the modern public GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
service. While the impetus to reform has been led by the private DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
sector, several change factors and peculiar environmental COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course serve as an introduction to
conditions have given rise to specific challenges and information systems in public administration. It is designed to: i.
opportunities for efficiency-driven public sector management. familiarize students as to the use of information technology in
the public sector. ii. provide an understanding of the nature of
The course will present a theoretical and conceptual appreciation information systems in general, focusing on, but not limited to,
of the evolution of public sector industrial relations leading into the public sector. iii. introduce the student to IT-related policies
the advent of Human Resource Management (HRM). This forms and issues associated with public information systems.
a backdrop to an analysis on the more critical and fundamental
conceptual and empirical changes from the movement from IR LEVEL: II
to HRM. There will be a sharp focus on the differences between SEMESTER: II
IR and HRM in the public service, the tensions therein and the COURSE CODE: GOVT 2054 (GT20D)
emerging challenges to public sector unions, managers and COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO E-GOVERNMENT
change agents. The course is both multi-disciplinary, drawing CREDITS: 3
on the intellectual origins of IR and HRM, as well as comparative, PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR
and will analyse developments in the public service from a GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
developing country perspective. On completion, students will be DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
better able to comprehend and resolve the myriad of employee COURSE DESCRIPTION: This introductory course describes the
and labour based challenges inherent in the transformation components and models of e-government along with its social
of the public service, whether driven by local or multinational and technical factors that need to be considered. The course
policy obligations and imperatives. further explains the present policies and programs, and issues
and values relevant to e-government initiatives. It also focuses
on the opportunities and challenges of e-government, including
the information gap and information security, through case
studies. Throughout this course, the student will obtain practical
and theoretical knowledge on e-government.
69
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2060 (GT24A) COURSE CODE: GOVT 2062
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS : COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL SECURITY
THEORIES AND APPROACHES CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITE: GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
GOVT 1001 (GT11D) COURSE DESCRIPTION: The concept of international security is
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES featured as an alternative lens to power as a way of looking at
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theory is central to the discipline of the study of International Relations (IR). The main approach is
International Relations (IR). It is theory that distinguishes the through the work of the Copenhagen school of security studies,
field from the study of history, current affairs of journalism and which means that the following themes are strongly emphasized:
makes the subject area more than simple descriptive thought. the salience of levels of analysis (individual, national, regional,
This course examines the evolution of theory in IR from post- global) in thinking about international security; the use of
Westphalian era (1648-the present) and provides an overview sectors to understand the new (or liberal) international security
of some of the main theoretical approaches to the study of IR agenda (military, political, economic, societal, environmental);
from traditional Idealism and Realism; to radical Postmodernism and the understanding of security agendas not only in material
and Feminism; as well as Now-Marxist perspectives of the terms (balancing, bandwagoning), but as socially constructed
developing world. through the processes of securitisation and desecuritisation.
The course will start with theory, but then work its way towards
LEVEL: II an extensive empirical look at both ‘unipolarity’ and regional
SEMESTER: II security as ways of understanding the contemporary agenda of
COURSE CODE: GOVT 2061 (GT25M) international security.
COURSE TITLE: PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC
INTERNATIONAL LAW LEVEL: II
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 COURSE CODE: GOVT 2063
(GT11D) COURSE TITLE: CYBERPOLITICS
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES CREDITS:
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students of PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
the study of Public International Law as an important aspect DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
of International Relations (IR). It emphasizes the nature and COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to enable
sources of International Law, and underlines the role of law in students to critically understand and evaluate the unique
the maintenance of order and peace in the international system. political dynamics that is taking place in “cyberspace” (in
The course also considers the relevance of International Law in particular the Internet / WWW). Thus, the title of this course is
the resolution of certain discrete areas of concern facing the “cyberpolitics.” In particular, this course will pay attention to
international community, such as human rights protection, and the way in which formal political institutions and people have
the implementation of the principle of self-determination. The attempted to adapt to the impact of the unique information
course exposes students to the concepts and techniques which architecture of cyberspace, and develop both strategies and
form the basis for legal discourses at the international level, tactics of political contestation for this relatively new domain
and applies some of these concepts and techniques to current of human activity and communication. Furthermore, this course
events in the Caribbean and elsewhere. will analyse the conflict between the openness and democratic
potential of the web. Finally, it will examine inequality of access
to the benefits of the web/internet, criminality, dissent, terrorism
and war in cyberspace. These issues will be addressed with a
Caribbean focus were possible.
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: I
COURSE TITLE: THIRD WORLD POLITICAL THOUGHT
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
(GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the political
thought of major Third World leaders of the post-World War II
period with special attention to the Caribbean. Political thinkers
include Gandhi, Nkrumah, Mao Tse-Tung, Nasser, Nyerere, CLR
James, Fanon, Eric Williams, Manley, Castro and others.
70
LEVEL: III LEVEL: II

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3002 (GT31B) COURSE CODE: GOVT 3018 (GT29D)
COURSE TITLE: COMPARATIVE ETHNIC POLITICS COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
(GT11D) (GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines ethnic and race COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course acquaints students with
relations in developed and underdeveloped countries. Special the dynamics, techniques and problems associated with the
focus on Malaysia, Guyana, Fiji and Trinidad. Examination of management of the public sector, particularly in the Caribbean.
multiculturalism. It discusses the context in which management techniques
and philosophy infiltrated the traditional domain of Public
LEVEL: III Administration. It also evaluates the record of that experience.
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 3003 (GT31C) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: FOREIGN POLICY IN THE THIRD WORLD SEMESTER: I
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: GOVT 3019 (GT38C)
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 COURSE TITLE: LATIN AMERICAN GOVERNMENT, POLITICS &
(GT11D) DEVELOPMENT
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An examination of the foreign policy PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
instrument as a primary means of development and survival (GT11D)
in the Third World. The foreign policy environment is analysed DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
in relation to structures of imperialism, neo-colonialism and COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on contemporary
dependency. (post 1960) Latin American development specifically in
government and politics. It builds on the tenets of Comparative
LEVEL: III Politics emphasizing the several political systems and institutions
SEMESTER: I that exist side by side in Latin America.
COURSE TITLE: SCOPE AND METHODS IN POLITICAL LEVEL: III
ANALYSIS SEMESTER: II
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: GOVT 3020 (GT38D)
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 COURSE TITLE: POWER AND POLITICS IN LATIN AMERICA
(GT11D) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course critically examines the (GT11D)
various frameworks of analysis commonly used in policy analysis, DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
including systems analysis, group theory, comparative method, COURSE DESCRIPTION:The course focuses on specialized topics
structural functionalism, Marxist analysis, communications which impact upon and influence the power structure within
theory, quantitative methods, simulation and game theory the Latin American polity. To do so, however, it is necessary to
among others. ontextualize the notion of power within Latin America cultures,
and it is here the course will take its point of departure. The
LEVEL: III course will thus critically examine seven agents/mechanisms
COURSE CODE: GOVT 3006 (GT32C) which directly and/or indirectly impact and affect the power
COURSE TITLE: POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY structure in Latin America, with particular respect to the post
CREDITS: 3 1960 era. While there are no prerequisites for this course, it may
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 be instructive to note that this course complements the course
(GT11D) GT38C. This latter course focuses on more generalized issues,
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES and more so, do so in a comparative way, while GT38D focuses
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The nature of political sociology; on specific issues which may not necessarily be generalized for
political anthropology; the classical thinkers; culture and politics; the entire region. Accordingly, the topics will be treated in a
terrorism and military intervention; public opinion and mass more country mode of discussion.
communication; political socialization; leadership in new states.
71

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3021 (GT39E) COURSE CODE: GOVT 3037 (GT37A)
COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D) PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
AND GOVT 1005 (GT19B) AND GOVT 1006 (GT12C) AND GOVT 1006 (GT12C)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course sets forth the theoretical COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to the theories and
variables which influence public policy formulation and principles and typical practices that subsume the structure and
implementation. Emphasis is on the application of the systems function of state bureaucracies. This course focuses on systems
approach to the analysis of public decisions. of administration in the Westminster-Whitehall model.

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3023 (GT39K) COURSE CODE: GOVT 3046 (GT30A)
COURSE TITLE: ADMINISTRATIVE LAW I COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS
(GT11D) (GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course traces the development COURSE DESCRIPTION: An exploration of the origins,
of representative and responsible government in the structure, function and future of international organisations in
Commonwealth Caribbean since 1945. It examines the the international systems: the League of Nations, the United
constitutional environment and the legal framework since Nations, the Organisation of American States, the Organisation
independence, the separation of powers and the limitations of African Unity and Commonwealth. From time to time other
placed on the Executive and the Legislature, the administration international organisations will be looked at with reference to
of justice and the exercise of emergency powers. current issues.

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3024 (GT39L) COURSE CODE: GOVT 3047 (GT30B)
COURSE TITLE: ADMINISTRATIVE LAW II COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL
CREDITS: 3 ORGANISATIONS
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 CREDITS: 3
(GT11D) PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES (GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the legal and DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
constitutional effect of sovereignty in the Commonwealth COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the politics
Caribbean, the relationship between the citizen and the of such international financial institutions as the World
State, emergency powers and national security, the role of Bank, The International Monetary Fund, The Inter-American
the Ombudsman, Parliament and parliamentary procedure, Development Bank and The Caribbean Development Bank and
Commonwealth Caribbean Republics and their Presidents, looks at the role of the Paris Club and international commercial
constitutional interpretation and issues in constitutional banking institutions as they impact on the functioning of the
reform. international financial systems.
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: GOVT 3035 (GT39F)
COURSE TITLE: COMPARATIVE PUBLIC POLICY ANALYSIS
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
AND GOVT 1005 (GT19B) AND GOVT 1006 (GT12C)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on case histories
in various analytic categories of public policy analysis. Issues
related to ideology and public bureaucracy; interest groups
and political parties; rationality and politics are examined
comparatively, especially in relation to Third World and
Caribbean case histories.
72

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3052 (GT37M) COURSE CODE: GOVT 3054 (GT38B)
COURSE TITLE: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN INTERNATIONAL COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS RELATIONS IN THE CARIBBEAN
(GT11D) (GT11D)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Today’s world order is sometimes COURSE DESCRIPTION: Historical evolution of international
presented as a chaotic and order-less sum of events that no relations in the Caribbean; Foundations and conduct of the
longer seems to correspond to any pattern. This has enhanced foreign policies of Caribbean states; The Caribbean in the
feelings of uncertainty and unpredictability. Is today’s world international system (regional, hemispheric, worldwide);
indeed as chaotic as many argue? The blueprints written at Contemporary international problems and issues of the
the end of the Cold War have indeed not materialized and Caribbean area.
many of the dreams that were then cherished turned out to be
nightmares in some continents. However, there are those who LEVEL: III
argue that there is nothing abnormal going on, when viewed SEMESTER: I
from the perspective of world history. World orders come and go COURSE CODE: GOVT 3055 (GT38M)
and the transition between them often generates uncertainty COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICES OF INTERNATIONAL
and abject brutality. The question behind the chaos therefore is NEGOTIATIONS
whether a new order is in the offing and whether this order will CREDITS: 3
be legitimate and sustainable. Contemporary developments PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
are not often viewed from an historical perspective. The result is (GT11D)
an impression of novelty, whereas the facts only demonstrate a DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
repetition of past tendencies. COURSE DESCRIPTION: Negotiation is a prominent feature in
International Relations (IR). The course provides students with
This course will pay great attention to the cyclical movement of an understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of
history and search for long-term tendencies in order to interpret international negotiation with the aim to understand how
the fault lines and power relations of the decades to come. outcomes come about and how outcomes can be improved.
It will also examine current issues in International Relations Appropriate case studies will be expected to use these
(IR) through the lenses of other theoretical positions as were illustrations to supplement their knowledge of theoretical
introduced to the student in (GT 24A) International Relations: issues.
Theories and Approaches.
LEVEL: III
LEVEL: III SEMESTER: II
SEMESTER: I COURSE CODE: GOVT 3062 (GT37B)
COURSE CODE: GOVT 3053 (GT38A) COURSE TITLE: COMPARATIVE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL CREDITS: 3
POLITICS PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 (GT11D)
CREDITS: 3 AND GOVT 1006 (GT12C)
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
(GT11D) COURSE DESCRIPTION: The emphasis is on comparing and
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES contrasting the structures and processes of administrative
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course exposes students to the systems supporting governments within a diversity of
major concepts and theories in the study of international constitutional frameworks. Administrative systems in the U.K.,
politics; sovereignty; national interest; power; hegemony; the U.S.A. and the Commonwealth Caribbean are within the
interdependence and non-intervention; balance of power and scope of this study.
collective security.
73

COURSE CODE: GOVT 3065 COURSE CODE: GOVT 3067
COURSE TITLE: RELIGION AND WORLD POLITICS COURSE TITLE: CARICOM SINGLE MARKET AND ECONOMY
CREDITS: 3 (CSME): INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL RELATIONS
PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1001 (GT11D) AND GOVT 2060 CREDITS: 3
(GT24A) PREREQUISITIES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES (GT11D) AND ECON 1001 (EC10D) OR ECON 1002 (EC10F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The last several decades have seen DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
a resurgence of religion in world politics. Political science COURSE DESCRIPTION:This course provides specific knowledge
continues to focus attention on key questions of war and peace, of the CARICOM (Caribbean Common Market) Single Market and
democracy and dictatorship, and the state and the economy. Economy (CSME) as an actor in the international environment
Religion is not displacing those topics. But its resilience in as well as skills in international negotiations and diplomacy.
advanced industrialized societies and its vibrancy in the It also examines theories of Integration. The course aims at a
developing world are casting established research agendas comprehensive understanding of the CSME’s external relations
in a new light. International terrorism, for example, raises bringing together an interdisciplinary analysis of its internal
questions about the religious sources of violence. Drives for decision-making processes with developments in the broader
democratization and human rights focus attention on their context of international relations and diplomacy.
compatibility or incompatibility with particular religious
traditions. Breakthroughs in the life sciences set off political LEVEL: DIPLOMA
and religious controversies about the promise of technology SEMESTER: I
and the sanctity of human life. And economic and political COURSE CODE: GOVT 4000 (GT50A)
globalization generates contacts across cultures and creates COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY AND
new opportunities for interreligious conflict and cooperation. BEHAVIOUR
The course will explore the intersection of religion and CREDITS: 3
politics in these four areas -- violence, democracy, science, and PREREQUISITES: None
globalization. It will be heavy on theory: the very best efforts DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
to conceptualize the intersection of religion and politics in a COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the study of
changing world. But it will also be problem driven. organisational relationships and human behaviour in public
and private enterprise; the purpose of organisations; the nature
LEVEL: III of organisations; the dynamics of organisations.
SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: GOVT 3066 (GT36M) LEVEL: DIPLOMA
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL LAW AND DEVELOPMENT SEMESTER: I
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: GOVT 4004 (GT52A)
PREREQISITIES: GOVT 2060 (GT24A) AND GOVT 2061 COURSE TITLE: ADMINISTRATIVE LAW I
(GT25M) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines some of the ways DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
in which Public International Law contributes, or may contribute, COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the emergence
to development in a number of discrete contexts. In particular, of sovereign states in the Commonwealth Caribbean, their
it requires students to examine international legal rules with constitutional environment and the legal framework; the powers
respect to Human Rights, the Law of the Sea, Counter-Narcotics of the Executive, Parliament and the Judiciary; the judicial
efforts, Trade and Investment, and to assess the extent to which options available to the citizen for redress and the powers of
these rules promote or undermine economic development. the State to infringe the rights of the citizen.
This course is intended to build on the foundation created in
Principles of Public International Law (GT 25M). LEVEL: DIPLOMA
COURSE TITLE: ADMINISTRATIVE LAW II
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the legal and
constitutional effect of sovereignty in the Commonwealth
Caribbean; the doctrines of collective and ministerial
responsibility together with the variations of the doctrine
of parliamentary supremacy and the power of the courts to
overrule executive and legislative action; the concept of checks
and balances on the actions of the State.
74
LEVEL: DIPLOMA LEVEL: DIPLOMA

SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4010 (GT56A) COURSE CODE: GOVT 4013 (GT57A)
COURSE TITLE: LITERATURE AND SOCIETY IN THE COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN ECONOMY
CARIBBEAN CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: None
PREREQUISITES: None DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course seeks to introduce students
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course attempts to give an to the principal aspects of the Caribbean economy.The following
overview of issues in the development of Caribbean societies, topics will be covered:
using literary texts of high artistic merit to look, from a • Introduction to the Caribbean region: essential
different angle, at major Caribbean issues: history, race, gender, characteristics of the Caribbean – geographical and
developmental problems, independence and sovereignty. demographical features, quality of life, principal
products, principal economic problems.
LEVEL: DIPLOMA • Introduction to Caribbean economic thought: Arthur
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY Lewis, the structural and radical schools and other
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4011 (GT56B) currents in Caribbean economic thought.
COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF THE CARIBBEAN • Developmental strategies: industrialization by
CREDITS: 3 invitation, state intervention, neo-liberalism economic
PREREQUISITES: None co-operation and integration: CARIFTA, CARICOM,
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL OECS, monetary and political unions.
SCIENCES • Current economic problems: crisis and debt,
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to intervention of the multilateral organisations (IMF,
provide students with a basic understanding of Caribbean World Bank) and structural adjustment, privatization
sociology. Contemporary Caribbean societies are relatively and economic liberalization, the effect of the global
young societies. These societies emerged out of the colonial economy.
encounter between Europe and peoples from other lands
with their own unique characteristics. Though young, what has LEVEL: DIPLOMA
emerged in Caribbean societies of today are extremely complex SEMESTER: I
sociocultural formations, a situation which is accounted for in COURSE CODE: GOVT 4014 (GT57C)
no small measure by the introduction into the region of such a COURSE TITLE: BUSINESS AND SOCIETY IN THE CARIBBEAN
wide variety of peoples of diverse origins. While clearly defining CREDITS: 3
the Caribbean character of these societies, the course will also PREREQUISITES: None
seek to explore the rich diversity of Caribbean social life. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course attempts to delineate and
LEVEL: DIPLOMA analyse some of the major factors affecting business enterprise
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY in the Caribbean. The emphasis is on economic and social trends
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4012 (GT56C) within the Caribbean region in relation to problems such as fiscal
COURSE TITLE: THE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE policy, social structure, business ethics, labour relations and the
CARIBBEAN relations of the Caribbean within international institutions such
CREDITS: 3 as INAF, IBRD and GATT, along with the issue of technology.
PREREQUISITES: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to provide
students with an understanding of the forces that have shaped
and continue to shape the politics of the region. While the major
focus will be on the English-speaking Caribbean, some attempt
will be made, where appropriate, to incorporate the French
and Hispanic experiences. The course will attempt to cover the
following areas and issues: The Colonial legacy; Models for the
analysis of Caribbean politics; Political systems in the Caribbean
- presidential vs. parliamentary; Political parties and pressure
groups; Voting behaviour; Ethnicity and politics
75
LEVEL: DIPLOMA LEVEL: III

SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4015 (GT57D) COURSE CODE: HOTL 3000 (HM30A)
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OF THE COURSE TITLE: RESORT PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
CARIBBEAN CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: HOTL 2001 (HM20A)
PREREQUISITES: None DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore the resort
SCIENCES development patterns from a historical to a present day
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is designed to give students perspective. It will also examine the management of resorts with
an appreciation for the set of attributes, values, structures and special emphasis on all-inclusive resorts. Marketing and needs
processes that shape relations between the Caribbean and other assessment of consumers are included in the topics covered.
actors within the world-system. Specific attention will be given
to the historic origins and contexts of the varied interactions LEVEL: III
and transactions that have contributed to the present form of SEMESTER: I
the world-system and the specificity of the Caribbean in it. While COURSE CODE: HOTL 3001 (HM30B)
the principal focus of the course will be on the Commonwealth COURSE TITLE: MEETINGS AND CONVENTION
Caribbean, the affairs of the wider region will not be neglected. MANAGEMENT
The role of countries such as Cuba, Haiti and the Dominican CREDITS: 3
Republic in the international relations of the Caribbean will be PREREQUISITES: HTM 226*
discussed to illustrate diversity as well as commonality. Topics to DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
be covered will include: COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine the planning,
• International relations of the Caribbean: A arranging and organisation of conventions, meetings and
perspective expositions. The focus will be on the role and the relationship
• Attributes and determinants of Caribbean international of the major players in the convention, meeting and exposition
relations industry and its importance in the overall hospitality industry.
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course
LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: II LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: HOTL 2010 (HM22A) SEMESTER: II
COURSE TITLE: CRUISE LINE OPERATIONS AND COURSE CODE: HOTL 3004 (HM33B)
MANAGEMENT COURSE TITLE: HOSPITALITY AND TOURISM RESEARCH
CREDITS: 3 PROJECT
PREREQUISITES: None CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES PREREQUISITES: HOTL 2010 (HM22A), HOTL 3000 (HM30A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The cruise industry is one of the fastest AND HOTL3001 (HM30B)
growing sectors in the tourism and hospitality field. This course DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
is designed to give students a comprehensive overview of COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course objective is to involve
the cruise industry. Some of the main topics to be discussed students with strategic management process as it applies to the
include: hospitality and tourism industry. It seeks to develop a critical
• Cruise history and evolution approach to theoretical and practical aspects of strategic
• The relationship between cruise and other segments management, particularly focusing on the process, content and
of the hospitality industry context of strategy. The wide-ranging debate on the variety of
• Identification of trends and shifts in the cruise approaches to strategic management is investigated. Students
industry/ market are encouraged to tackle complex issues, understand the
• Operating and maintenance procedures interrelated aspects of organisational change, and develop
• Sales and Marketing solutions to multi-faceted problems.The rich academic literature
• Ship profiles and itineraries is explored, but with a consistent view of the importance of
• Impacts of cruise industry applying theory in a number of different business contexts.
• Career opportunities
76
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE LEVEL: CERTIFICATE

SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
COURSE CODE: MGMT 0411 (MS41A) COURSE CODE: MGMT 0422 (MS42B)
COURSE TITLE: MATHEMATICS FOR COMPUTING COURSE TITLE: INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN BUSINESS
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCES SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to introduce the COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course is geared towards giving
student to mathematical techniques that will be useful for students an understanding of information systems, the various
computer operations. The course provides a good foundation types of information systems and their uses, and the people
for courses in Levels I and II of the CMIS programme. Course involved in the creation of information systems. Students will
coverage will include simple arithmetic, percentages and powers, therefore cover topics such as the data processing cycle, the
base numbers, fixed-length computer calculations, floating- need for information, functions and levels of management: the
point numbers, basic statistics, probability, calculating averages, decision-making process - types of management decisions.
measures of spread or dispersion, algebraic terminology and There will also be further use of DOS, WINDOWS, WORDPERFECT
simple manipulations, solving equations, use of graphs for or MICROSOFT WORD, LOTUS or EXCEL, and DBASE/ACCESS.
estimation, sets and Venn diagrams, Boolean algebra and use of
logic, arrays and, error and its control. LEVEL: CERTIFICATE
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE COURSE CODE: MGMT 0423 (MS42C)
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY COURSE TITLE: COMMUNICATION FOR BUSINESS
COURSE CODE: MGMT 0412 (MS41B) CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION PREREQUISITES: None
TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
CREDITS: 3 SCIENCES
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to expose
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL students to various forms of business communication, both
SCIENCES verbal and nonverbal. Upon completion of the course, students
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course exposes the student should be able to prepare summaries, business letters, reports,
to the basics of computer literacy, the types of computers essays, projects and papers and also make oral presentations.
(microcomputers,minicomputers,mainframes,supercomputers)
and computer components (hardware and software). Additional LEVEL: CERTIFICATE
topics that will be covered include information storage and SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY
accessing data, main memory and types of memory, input and COURSE CODE: MGMT 0431 (MS43A)
output devices, secondary storage, systems software (operating COURSE TITLE: DATA COMMUNICATION AND DISTRIBUTED
systems, language translators, utility programs), application DATA PROCESSING
evaluation and viruses. In addition, students will be exposed to CREDITS: 3
software such as DOS, WINDOWS, WORDPERFECT/MICROSOFT PREREQUISITES: None
WORD, LOTUS/EXCEL, and DBASE/ACCESS. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCES
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics to be covered include
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY the transmission of data and transmission media, data
COURSE CODE: MGMT 0421 (MS42A) communication conventions, managing communication traffic,
COURSE TITLE: DESIGNING INFORMATION SYSTEMS I communication networks (e.g. LANs, WANs), centralized and
CREDITS: 3 distributed data systems and distributed data.
PREREQUISITES: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL
SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to the
people in information systems (the project team), structured
design concepts, the systems development life cycle, systems
analysis (problem definition, feasibility study and logical design),
systems design (data descriptions, systems flowcharts, hardware
and software specifications). Students will be required to do a
project.
77
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE LEVEL: II

SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 0432 (MS43B) COURSE CODE: MGMT 2003 (MS20A)
COURSE TITLE: DATA STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT COURSE TITLE: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: ACCT 1002 (MS15E) AND EITHER ECON
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL 1001 (EC10D) OR AGBU 1005
SCIENCES DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course exposes students to the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to provide
following topics: storage technology (magnetic tape, magnetic students with the conceptual framework and analytical skills
disk, optical disk), file organisation: (sequential, direct), data necessary for the analysis of markets and marketing activities of
management and database management systems (DBMS), types firms in a dynamic environment.
of DBMS and DBMS software, organisational and procedural
controls in DBMS design and use, and DBMS evaluation. This LEVEL: II
course has a project component. SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2006 (MS21B)
LEVEL: CERTIFICATE COURSE TITLE: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS I
SEMESTER: “SUMMER” ONLY CREDITS: 3
COURSE CODE: MGMT 0433 (MS43C) PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE TITLE: DESIGNING INFORMATION SYSTEMS II DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an overview of
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 0421 (MS42A) Management Information Systems. It describes the components
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL of Management Information Systems and the relationship
SCIENCES of MIS to the larger area of Organisation and Management.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students will be exposed to Information Systems Technology is covered.
systems development and systems implementation, systems
maintenance, prototyping, computer-aided software LEVEL: II
engineering and CASE methodology, programme designs and SEMESTER: I (FULL-TIME); SEMESTER II (EVENING UNIV.)
programme writing, and programming languages. COURSE CODE: MGMT 2007 (MS21E)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCE
LEVEL: I CREDITS: 3
SEMESTER: I PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A) AND MGMT 2006
COURSE CODE: MGMT 1001 (MS12A) (MS21B)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to prepare students
PREREQUISITES: None with the requisite fundamentals to enable them to provide
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES the business perspective/inputs to the e-commerce adoption
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objectives are to expose students process. Emphasis will be on the underlying commercial
to the process of management in both profit and non-profit principles of e-commerce rather than on the technological
organisations, to stimulate students to think of managerial processes. Topics to be covered include: Internet Demographics;
issues from both local and global perspectives and to introduce Internet Business Models; Customer Support Strategies; Security
students to ethical and environmental considerations in Issues in E-commerce; Legal Issues in E-commerce; Logistical
business. Challenges for Caribbean E-commerce.
LEVEL: I LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: II SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 1022 (MS13A) COURSE CODE: MGMT 2008 (MS22A)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO BANKING COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR MGMT 1001 (MS12A)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES OR AGEX 1000 OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
basic concepts, theories and issues involved in banking. Its COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course uses the systems approach
first part is mainly descriptive: organisational structure of to organisations to highlight how interrelated variables such as
financial institutions, regulatory framework, banker/customer people, technology, task, structure and external environments
relationship, services provided by banks. Its second part tackles impact on organisational effectiveness. Emphasis is on the
managerial issues, as risk management. On the other hand, it nature of behavioural issues and how and why they impact on
does not tackle hedging risk with derivatives nor banking crises. the functioning of organisations.
The topic of banking in connection with monetary policy is not
covered in depth.
78
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2009 (MS22G) COURSE CODE: MGMT 2012 (MS23C)
COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF SPORT COURSE TITLE: QUANTITATIVE METHODS
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1001 (MS12A) OR SOCI 1002 (SY13E) PREREQUISITES: ECON 1002 (EC10F) AND EITHER ECON
AND NORMALLY OPEN ONLY TO STUDENTS PURSUING THE 1003 (EC141) OR CHEM 1061 OR MATH 1140
SPORTS MANAGEMENT MAJOR OR MINOR. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is an introductory level
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will acquaint students survey of quantitative techniques commonly used to provide
with the relationship between sport and the society in which insight into business decisions. The primary emphasis is on
it is embedded. Sociological concepts and theories will be used preparing the student to become an intelligent user of these
to examine the following issues: the role of sport in advancing techniques.
social struggle and challenging various forms of inequality and
domination; the role of sport in the wider development process; LEVEL: II
commercialization of sport; the organisation of sport in the SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only)
Caribbean; deviance in sport; sport and gender issues. COURSE CODE: MGMT 2021 (MS27A)
COURSE TITLE: BUSINESS LAW
SEMESTER: I PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2010 (MS22M) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO SPORTS MANAGEMENT COURSE DESCRIPTION: The main focus of this course is the
CREDITS: 3 general principles of the law of contract, the law of Agency as
PREREQUISITES: None well as other related areas of interest like the Sale of Goods Act
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES and the Hire Purchase Act 1938 and 1954. Background material
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to introduce covers the role and function of the law in society, the sources of
the student to the sport administration field. Students will be the law, the legal system etc.
made aware of the career options available to them in the sport
management profession and learn about the types of skills, LEVEL: II
ability and knowledge that is required by sport administrators SEMESTER: II
whether they are managing amateur or professional sport COURSE CODE: MGMT 2022 (MS27E)
programmes, running events, marketing sporting goods or COURSE TITLE: THE LAW AND SPORT
designing athletics or physical education programmes. CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2010 (MS22M) AND NORMALLY
LEVEL: II OPEN ONLY TO STUDENTS PURSUING THE SPORTS
SEMESTER: II MANAGEMENT MAJOR OR MINOR.
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2011 (MS23B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide
CREDITS: 3 students with a general understanding of the functioning of
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) AND ECON 1002 the Legal System with particular reference to the potential
(EC10F) problems likely to be faced by those involved with Sport and
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES Physical Education. Students will review and analyse judicial
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The structure and functioning of opinions on legal issues that have frequently arisen in situations
Caribbean economies and societies as they affect enterprise involving organised sports. Generic legal issues affecting
management. Special emphasis will be given to ethical and sporting providers and participants such as health and safety,
environmental considerations in the conduct of business as contracts and licensing will be explored.
well as to the sociological, political and legal framework within
which Caribbean business is conducted. LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2023 (MS28D)
COURSE TITLE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT I
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ACCT 1002 (MS15E) AND EITHER ECON
1003 (EC141) OR CHEM 1061 OR AGRI 1003 OR MATH 1140
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the core
concepts of financial decision-making; the time-value of money,
the cost of capital and trade-offs between risk and return.
Students should develop a thorough understanding of these
basic concepts and how to apply them in real-world examples.
79
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: I (FT) & II (FT/EU) SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2024 (MS28E) COURSE CODE: MGMT 2031 (MS24C)
COURSE TITLE: MONEY AND CAPITAL MARKETS COURSE TITLE: BANKING RISK MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1002 (EC10F), ECON 1005 (EC160) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1022 (MS13A) AND MGMT 2023
AND MGMT 2023 (MS28D) (MS28D)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with current
institutions through which financial transactions take place banking practices that control different kinds of risk. It explores
and the mechanisms in use for effective operation of these the management of bank lending, securities, capital, liabilities,
institutions. Students should develop a thorough understanding and liquidity; and discusses regulation, competition, policy, and
of Trinidad and American institutions and how businesses use internal bank management.
them.
LEVEL: II
LEVEL: II SEMESTER: II
SEMESTER: II COURSE CODE: MGMT 2032 (MS26A)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2025 (MS28G) COURSE TITLE: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
COURSE TITLE: FISCAL MANAGEMENT IN SPORT CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) AND EITHER ECON
PREREQUISITES: MS15E (ACCT 1002) AND MS15F (ACCT 1003 (EC141) OR CHEM 1061 OR MATH 1140
1003) ACCT 1002 (MS15E) AND ACCT 1003 (MS15F) AND DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
NORMALLY OPEN ONLY TO STUDENTS PURSUING THE COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the
SPORTS MANAGEMENT MAJOR OR MINOR. application of economic principles and methodologies to the
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES decision-making process of the business firm operating under
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course emphasizes the basic conditions of risk and uncertainty. Emphasis is also placed on
decision making tools and analytical processes involved in the firms competitive strategy.
the financing of sporting events: the evaluation of short term
financing instruments versus long term financing instruments, LEVEL: III
cash flow statement analysis, cost control and asset management SEMESTER: I
decisions, ticket pricing and the preparation and analysis of pro COURSE CODE: MGMT 3008 (MS30H)
form. a statements for profitability planning. COURSE TITLE: EVENT MANAGEMENT IN SPORTS
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: II PREREQUISITE: MGMT 2010 (MS22M)
SEMESTER: I DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2029 (MS20D) COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers the purposes, types,
COURSE TITLE: CONTEMPORARY HOSPITALITY AND organisation, administration and evaluation of events in relation
TOURISM TRENDS to the hosting of sporting events. Areas such as networking
CREDITS: 3 (knowledge of the various groups required to support and stage
PREREQUISITES: GE 154* an event), promotion and marketing of events and the financial
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES ramifications of staging events will be emphasized.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will provide an
investigation of current trends in the hospitality and tourism LEVEL: III
industry at the local and regional levels and their effects on the SEMESTER: I
Caribbean. Students will use a variety of resources to follow the COURSE CODE: MGMT 3011 (MS31B)
development of these trends. They will also explore issues and COURSE TITLE: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS II
problems as they develop and examine possible applications (ANALYSIS AND DESIGN)
and solutions. CREDITS: 3
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2006 (MS21B)
LEVEL: II COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course addresses the need for
SEMESTER: I managers to understand the requirements for Information
COURSE CODE: MGMT 2030 (MS24B) Systems, to participate in the design of systems and to manage
COURSE TITLE: BANKING LAW the procurement of systems.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1022 (MS13A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with all
aspects of the law, which affect bankers (both statute law and
common law), with special emphasis on the relationship with
their customers.
80

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3013 (MS31D) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3017 (MS32A)
COURSE TITLE: DATABASE DESIGN AND BUSINESS COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
APPLICATION CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2008 (MS22A)
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2006 (MS21B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides participants
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the use of with a broad overview of issues pertaining to human resource
database systems in Business, the design of database systems, management with special reference to the Caribbean
and their particular strengths for strategic management. environment.

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3015 (MS30N) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3018 (MS32B)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
SECURITY CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2008 (MS22A)
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2006 (MS21B) CO-REQUISITES: MGMT 3017 (MS32A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course prepares the students COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers areas like the origins
with the knowledge to participate effectively in the design, and development of trade unions and employer associations,
implementation and maintenance of information security systems of industrial relations in the Commonwealth Caribbean,
programmes. This course will focus on the principles of collective bargaining, contract administration and disputes
information security as well as some of the technological settlement procedures, nature and causes of industrial conflict,
issues. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to Labour and the Law, public policy and industrial relations and
support information security initiatives as non-technical users other topical issues in industrial relations.
and managers. Upon completion of this course students will be
able to: LEVEL: III
• define and understand information security SEMESTER: II
terminology. COURSE CODE: MGMT 3022 (MS32E)
• understand current and evolving issues in information COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
security. CREDITS: 3
• conduct security and disaster preparedness audits. PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1001 (MS12A) OR SOCI 1002 (SY13E)
• design information security programmes using the AND MGMT 2008 (MS22A)
security systems development life cycle model. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objectives of this course are to
LEVEL: III evaluate the various theoretical underpinnings and practical
SEMESTER: II applications of Organisation Development (O.D); to develop
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3016 (MS31H) participants’ skills in diagnosing problem areas, recommending
COURSE TITLE: E-COMMERCE SITE DESIGN AND and implementing appropriate strategies for change in
IMPLEMENTATION organisations; to examine the various implications of change
CREDITS: 3 for the organisation and employees.
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A), MGMT 2006 (MS21B)
AND MGMT 2007 (MS21E) LEVEL: III
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to teach COURSE CODE: MGMT 3024 (MS32H)
students how to create and manage e-commerce enabled COURSE TITLE: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
websites. Topics to be covered include: Usability Testing; Graphic CREDITS: 3
Programs; Developing in Hypertext Mark up Language (HTML); PREREQUISITES: None
Microsoft FrontPage (XML); Creating On-Line Catalogues; DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
Creating Payment Gateways; Implementing Transaction COURSE DESCRIPTION: Business Communication is designed
Security. to expose students to the various forms and techniques of
written, oral and interpersonal communications, in business
and management. Emphasis is on group and individual practice
and application in a variety of simulated and actual business
situations.
81

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3025 (MS32K) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3028 (MS32P)
COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT COURSE TITLE: PHYSICAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN
CREDITS: 3 SPORT/FACILITY PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITE: MGMT 3017 (MS32A) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2010 (MS22M), MGMT 2022 (MS27E)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to expose AND MGMT 2025 (MS28G) AND NORMALLY OPEN ONLY TO
students to the issues,techniques and skills associated specifically STUDENTS PURSUING THE SPORTS MANAGEMENT MAJOR
with the training and development function in organisations. OR MINOR.
It will expand on the Human Resource Development module DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
covered in the capstone Human Resource Management course. COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the planning
and management of sport and recreational facilities. Topics to
LEVEL: III be covered include: planning the sports facility (accessibility,
SEMESTER: I parking, geographic location); the facility layout; the facility
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3026 (MS32M) image (appearance, amenities offered, personnel); blue printing
COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT IN the service delivery system; the management of risk at sport
SPORTS facilities; feasibility study; marketing of the sport facility and
CREDITS: 3 ticket sales strategy.
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1001 (MS12A), MGMT 2010 (MS22M)
AND NORMALLY OPEN ONLY TO STUDENTS PURSUING THE LEVEL: III
SPORTS MANAGEMENT MAJOR OR MINOR. SEMESTER: II
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE CODE: MGMT 3029 (MS32R)
COURSE TITLE: INTERNSHIP IN SPORT
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the Human
CREDITS: 3
Resource Management challenges likely to be faced by
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2009 (MS22G), MGMT 2010 (MS22M),
management professionals in the field of sport. Emphasis will be
MGMT 2022 (MS27E) AND MGMT 2025 (MS28G)
placed on developing skills in selecting, motivating, evaluating
and rewarding personnel in sports. Attention will also be
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This internship is designed to expose
focused on the management of volunteers, job analysis and
the student to the real-world sport management setting and
design, employee empowerment, the management of diversity
will provide a bridge between academic studies and practice.
and dealing with problem employees.
During their attachment to the various organisations, students
will work under the supervision of appropriate professionals
LEVEL: III
and will be required to prepare a written report/paper based
SEMESTER: II
on their experience and incorporating relevant theory provided
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3027 (MS32N)
in other courses. Students may work within a variety of sports
COURSE TITLE: SPORTS MARKETING AND PUBLIC
settings, however, the chosen field must have prior approval
RELATIONS
from the Sport and Physical Education Centre and/or the
CREDITS: 3
Department of Management Studies.
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A) OR APPROVAL OF
THE HEAD, DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES. THIS
LEVEL: III
COURSE WILL NORMALLY BE OPEN ONLY TO STUDENTS
SEMESTER: I (FT only) &SEMESTER II (FT/EU)
PURSUING THE SPORTS MANAGEMENT MAJOR OR MINOR.
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3031 (MS33B)
COURSE TITLE: BUSINESS STRATEGY AND POLICY
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Integrating the unique product
CREDITS: 3
characteristics of sport with traditional marketing theory, this
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D), MGMT 2008 (MS22A),
course aims to develop a framework for strategic decision making
in the field of Sports Marketing and Public Relations. Emphasis AND EITHER MGMT 2003 (MS20A) OR MGMT 2006 (MS21B)
will be placed on the identification of market opportunities, DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
the strategies to be used in exploring these opportunities and COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is an integrative course designed
the establishment of mechanisms for ongoing education and to use the knowledge and competence developed in other
adjustments of strategies. Topics to be covered include: sports courses in the solution of general management problems.
consumer behaviour; sport market segmentation; promotional
strategies; sponsorship; market research; pricing strategies;
promotional strategies; public relations and publicity.
82

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3032 (MS33C) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3046 (MS37B)
COURSE TITLE: ENTREPRENEURIAL STUDIES COURSE TITLE: COMPANY LAW
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2008 (MS22A) AND MGMT 2023 PREREQUISITES: None
(MS28D) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE DESCRIPTION: Partnership and Company law.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students will be exposed to the Proceedings against partners and proof of partnership and
following topics: Perspective in Entrepreneurship; the separate debts in bankruptcy. Companies registered under the
Entrepreneur’s mind, the Entrepreneurial Manager; the New relevant legislation in force in the Caribbean area. Formation
Venture Team; New Venture Ideas; Recognizing, shaping and and flotation, ultra vires. Meetings and resolutions.
evaluating opportunities; The Start up Process; Valuation
Techniques; the Organisation Plan; The Business Plan for Raising LEVEL: III
Capital and Guiding Growth; Alternative Sources of Financing SEMESTER: II
and Obtaining Capital; Deal Structuring; Purchasing a Business; COURSE CODE: MGMT 3047 (MS37C)
Franchising; Managing Growth. COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course TRANSACTIONS
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: III PRE-REQUISITES: MGMT 2021 (MS27A)
SEMESTER: I (FT/EU) & II (FT only) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3035 (MS33K) COURSE DESCRIPTION: Building on the foundation of the
COURSE TITLE: ETHICS IN BUSINESS course on Business Law, this course introduces the student to
CREDITS: 3 some of the practical aspects of commercial law, mainly from
PREREQUISITES: None an international perspective. The focus will be on preparing
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES and negotiating contracts, fulfilling financial obligations in
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to expose students transnational transactions, resolving disputes, tendering for
to the knowledge and skills necessary to think through difficult goods and services, and the growing body of international
ethical decisions encountered in organisational life and to principles applicable to commercial transactions.
make responsible decisions. It seeks to develop standards
of professionalism that will allow the practitioner to identify, LEVEL: III
analyse and resolve ethical issues in business decision-making. SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3048 (MS38H)
LEVEL: III COURSE TITLE: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT II
SEMESTER: II CREDITS: 3
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3037 (MS34B) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D) AND MGMT 2032
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (MS26A) OR ECON 2000 (EC20A) OR ECON 2001 (EC20B)
CREDITS: 3 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
PREREQUISITES: ECON 1001 (EC10D) AND ECON 1002 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the
(EC10F), AND MGMT 2023 (MS28D) OR MGMT 2003 major skills needed for a senior financial officer with respect to
(MS20A) shortterm financial operations (working capital management
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES and financing) and long-term financial operations (capital
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides students with structure, financing options) and introduces some international
a thorough grounding in the various aspects of international finance issues. Students will learn how to apply their learning in
business; such as: realworld examples.
• the forces of globalization
• motives for and methods used in engaging in LEVEL: III
international business SEMESTER: II
• the role of the state in the conduct of international COURSE CODE: MGMT 3050 (MS38D)
business COURSE TITLE: INVESTMENT AND ANALYSIS
• The effects of socio-cultural systems within countries CREDITS: 3
on the conduct of international business PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D)
• Foreign exchange systems and institution to facilitate DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
international transactions COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course discusses investment
functions and explains the nature of the decision-making
process. It provides a frame of reference in which the students
can make a value judgment based upon returns and risks of
investment. The course is designed to bring the principles of
investment and good theory into the practical decision-making
process.
83

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3051 (MS38E) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3060 (MS39P)
COURSE TITLE: TAXATION I COURSE TITLE: OPERATIONS, PLANNING AND CONTROL
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: MGMT 3057 (MS39M)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides an overview of COURSE DESCRIPTION: Building on the earlier course in
the methods that governments use to raise revenue through Production and Operations Management, this course is intended
taxation. The role that taxation plays in society in the developed to illustrate the array of planning and control techniques
countries and underdeveloped countries is examined. available to management to ensure the maximum productivity,
quality, efficiency and profitability of the various operation
LEVEL: III systems involved in the production of goods and services.
SSEMESTER: I (EU) & SEMESTER II (FT)
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3053 (MS38N) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT SEMESTER: II
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: MGMT 3062 (MS34C)
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D) AND MGMT 2024 COURSE TITLE: COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT
(MS28E) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2008 (MS22A) AND MGMT 3017
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with (MS32A)
broadening the understanding of financial techniques and DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
Financial Markets in a wider geographic context. Students will COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objective of this course is to
gain knowledge of International Financial Markets and learn familiarize students with the following:theories of compensation;
how to analyse multicurrency issues. organisation policies and its impact on compensation;
behavioural effects of compensation plans.
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: II LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3055 (MS38L) SEMESTER: II
COURSE TITLE: APPLIED TOPICS IN CORPORATE FINANCE COURSE CODE: MGMT 3079 (MS34D)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED BANKING LAW
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D) AND MGMT 3048 CREDITS: 3
(MS38H) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2030 (MS24B) AND MGMT 2021
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES (MS27A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This capstone course applies the basic DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
financial theory covered in Financial Management I and II to the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a following–up of
solution of real world issues encountered by financial managers. “Banking law“ and takes into account the considerable changes
The CASE METHOD is used to enhance the students’ ability to in banking law, regulation and practice that have taken place
develop business judgment in financial issues and to enable the in recent years. It puts a special emphasis on financial markets:
development of plans that are implementable. New technology has revolutionized the nature and threatened
the existence of traditional stock and exchanges; the course
LEVEL: III analyses how exchanges have responded to developments in
SEMESTER: I automation, and the resultant laws and their enforcement.
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3057 (MS39M)
COURSE TITLE: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS LEVEL: III
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2012 (MS23C) OR ECON 2006 COURSE CODE: MGMT 3080 (MS34E)
(EC23J) COURSE TITLE: BANK TREASURY MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES CREDITS: 3
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to present PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1022 (MS13A) AND MGMT 2031
students with an up-to-date view of primary activities of (MS24C)
the production/operations functions in organisations. The DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
production/ operations function is an area of management that COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with money
has a profound effect on efficiency, productivity and the quality market, foreign exchange and capital market business from
of our daily lives. Focusing on Caribbean economies, the course the point of view of the bank. It covers treasury management
will examine the resources that are required in the production of of financial services institutions; banking and investment
goods and services and illustrate the method of their acquisition supervision and regulation; market practice and procedures.
utilization, and upkeep. The topics to be covered will be shown
to apply not only to the manufacturing sector but to the service
sectors as well such as banks, hospitals, etc.
84

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3081 (MS34G) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3092
COURSE TITLE: CREDIT ANALYSIS AND LENDING COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN FINANCE: THE REGULATORY
CREDITS: 3 AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 1022 (MS13A), MGMT 2031 (MS NUMBER OF CREDITS: 3
24C) AND MGMT 2023 (MS28D) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 AND MGMT 2024
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers the principles and Course Description: This course focuses on the regional
practice of: financial markets with emphasis on financial institutions,
Business Lending: risk management at portfolio level; the products and the regulatory environment. Students will be
principles of business lending: credit monitoring, control and exposed to the range of financial institutions in the region
recovery; borrowing requirements and credit risks associated including commercial banks, non-banking financial institutions,
with differing types of business; specialist services relevant to insurance companies, credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage
a lending situation; firms, pension funds and the Central Bank. The course shall
Consumer credit: the effective management of risk with the address the roles and functions of these institutions and their
broadening of lending facilities to individual (non-business) product offerings. The regulations of the financial sector will be
customers. addressed by examining the roles and functions of the Central
Bank, SEC, Stock Exchange and other regulatory bodies in the
LEVEL: III region.
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3083 (MS38G) SEMESTER: II
COURSE TITLE: PROJECT ANALYSIS AND FINANCE COURSE CODE: MGMT 3095
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D), MGMT 2012 (MS23C) CREDITS: 3
OR ECON 2006 (EC23J) PRE-REQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the COURSE DESCRIPTION: Professional ethics is relevant for all
formulation of projects and the evaluation of their profitability those who work or plan to work professionally, and not just
from both the private and social viewpoint. relevant to those in stereotypical professions such as medicine
and law. The course therefore does not focus on several distinct
LEVEL: III professions but instead considers the shared ways in which
SEMESTER: II professionals working at all kinds of jobs face moral problems.
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3085 (MS38Q) It is important to recognize that how one does one’s job is of
COURSE TITLE: DERIVATIVES MARKETS greater moral relevance than what one actually does as a job. On
CREDITS: 3 completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D) AND ECON 2016 values fundamental to the experience of being a professional;
(EC24C) develop the skills for moral reasoning that allow these values to
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES be interpreted; apply the theoretical frameworks and interpretive
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to provide skills in recognizing and dealing with professional ethical issues;
the students with the necessary skills to value and to employ identify ethical dilemmas and apply the appropriate moral
options, futures, and related financial contracts. In order to paradigm/reasoning to solve these; demonstrate a positive
provide a useful treatment of these topics in an environment shift in their moral reasoning that would illuminate any areas
that is changing rapidly, it is necessary to stress the fundamentals of ethical ambiguity; and contribute to the development of an
and to study some important applications. The topics that will ethical culture in their respective workplaces.
be covered are:
• Futures Markets and Their Applications, including LEVEL: III
the pricing and the use of futures contracts on stock SEMESTER: I
indices, on commodities, and Treasury instruments; COURSE CODE: MKTG 3000 (MS30A)
• Options Markets and Their Applications, covering the COURSE TITLE: MARKETING MANAGEMENT
valuation and use of options, including a discussion of CREDITS: 3
the empirical evidence and dynamic asset allocation PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A)
strategies; DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
• Swaps, Complex Derivatives, Structured Securities COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with the
including several cases, and the use (and misuse) of development of the student’s marketing decision-making
derivatives in the context of corporate applications. skills and communication effectiveness. It is case-based, and
students are expected to undertake a marketing project based
on fieldwork.
85
LEVEL: III LEVEL: I

COURSE CODE: MKTG 3001 (MS30B) COURSE CODE: PSYC 1009
COURSE TITLE: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING COURSE TITLE: RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
MANAGEMENT CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the first-year
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on the techniques psychology undergraduate student to science as a philosophy,
and strategies necessary to develop marketing plans for the and psychology as a branch of science. Research methods
international market place. unique to psychology and the ethical implications of studying
human behaviour will be covered. The content to be covered in
LEVEL: III the course includes conducting literature review and evaluation
SEMESTER: I of psychological research, understanding psychological
COURSE CODE: MKTG 3002 (MS30C) measures and designing ethical psychological studies, and
COURSE TITLE: MARKETING RESEARCH communicating research findings to others.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A) AND MGMT 2012 LEVEL: I
(MS23C) OR ECON 2006 (EC23J) SEMESTER: I
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE CODE: PSYC 1003 (PS14A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on the design and COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
execution of market research projects and the presentation of CREDITS: 3
results in a form. useful for decision makers. PREREQUISITES: None
LEVEL: III COURSE DESCRIPTION: The concepts and practice of
SEMESTER: II psychology are becoming increasingly important in our
COURSE CODE: MKTG 3007 (MS30D) society. This course allows students to gain an understanding
COURSE TITLE: MARKETING PLANNING of basic principles in psychology. It also illustrates some basic
CREDITS: 3 techniques of measuring human behaviour. An attempt will
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A), MGMT 2023 (MS28D) also be made to indicate where psychological principles could
AND MGMT 2012 (MS23C) OR ECON 2006 (EC23J) play an effective part in understanding and solving certain
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES problems. The course is organised into seven sections. An
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The intention is to equip students attempt will also be made to use a multi-disciplinary approach
with the tools necessary for effective marketing planning in the through illustrations. The theme of humanistic psychology will
public and private sectors. Analytical methods and data sources be used alongside the Freudian and Behaviouristic approaches
necessary in defining competition, analyzing an industry and to explore whether human beings have the inherent nature to
customers, and forecasting market potential is covered in depth. transcend the environment or to remain always at the mercy
Students are expected to develop an actual marketing plan as a of environmental forces. Among the topic areas dealt with in
coursework project. this course are: sensation and perception, learning, motivation,
memory, emotions, intelligence, personality, development and
LEVEL: III research methods.
SEMESTER: I
COURSE CODE: MKTG 3010 (MS30M) This course is a prerequisite for all other second and third year
COURSE TITLE: INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2003 (MS20A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The integrated marketing
communication concept; the role of integrated marketing
communication in the marketing process; the communication
process; goals and objectives setting; budgeting; creative
strategy planning and development; the role of advertising
agencies and other marketing communication organisations;
media selection; the integrated marketing communication mix
elements; the measurement of effectiveness; quantitative and
qualitative research in integrated marketing communication;
the regulatory framework.
86
LEVEL: I LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: PSYC 1004 (PS11B) COURSE CODE: PSYC 2004 (PS24A)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY COURSE TITLE: PERSONALITY THEORY
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to introduce students COURSE DESCRIPTION: The psychological approach to
to the field of Social Psychology as the scientific study of how personality. How personality is defined and measured: A
people think about, influence, and relate to one another while comparison of selected theories in personality (e.g. Erikson,
introducing its scope of study and its methodology. This course Freud, Rogers). A central issue is: the relationship between the
intends to give students an appreciation for the combined social environment and personality formation.
analysis of psychological and sociological perspectives in
studying human behaviour. Social Psychology will, therefore, LEVEL: II
be constructed as an interactionist discipline. Students will be SEMESTER: II
exposed to numerous social psychological concepts, particularly COURSE CODE: PSYC 2007
in the light of empirical research,including primary and secondary COURSE TITLE: PSYCHOMETRICS AND TESTING
socialization and its consequences in relationships; self and CREDITS: 3
personality development; attitude formation and measurement; PREREQUISITES: None
persuasion; conformity, compliance, obedience and deviance; DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
group behaviour; interpersonal relations; impression formation, COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides students with an
aggression and altruistic behaviour. Each topic will be covered understanding of how psychological tests are constructed and
in sufficient depth for students to be able to appreciate classical used, and explains some of the applications and limitations of
social psychological concepts and findings. Students will also psychological testing. Psychological testing is used in virtually
develop a keen appreciation for social psychology as a tool for all aspects of psychological research and this course will give
national, as well as personal development. students the ability to understand the innumerable tests that
are available, and to evaluate their legitimacy and applicability.
LEVEL: II After completion of the course, students should have an
SEMESTER: II understanding of what psychological tests are, and the criteria
COURSE CODE: PSYC 2002 (PS24F) used to evaluate them, and have an appreciation of the various
COURSE TITLE: ABNORMAL AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY types of tests available for commercial use. Students will be
CREDITS: 3 able to analyse and interpret data collected as part of a test
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) administration, and communicate results to a wider audience.
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES The course involves practical tutorials in which students will get
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will include an examination the opportunity to administer and score various psychological
of the causes, classification, and treatment of abnormal tests.
behaviour. We will examine topics such as reactions to stress
and adjustment disorders, anxiety disorders, personality LEVEL: II
disorders, sexual disorders and deviations, disorders of mood SEMESTER: I
and behavioural disorders of adolescence and childhood. COURSE CODE: PSYC 2010 (PS24B)
Methods of assessment, including psychological testing, and COURSE TITLE: STATISTICS AND RESEARCH DESIGN IN
various approaches to treatment will also be considered. PSYCHOLOGY
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: II PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
SEMESTER: II AND ECON 1005 (EC160) OR SOCI 1005 AND PSYC 1009
COURSE CODE: PSYC 2003 (PS24C) RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
COURSE TITLE: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: Parametric and non-parametric
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) statistical procedures and their descriptive and inferential
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES application to behavioural research are applied to a variety of
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Physiological psychology reflects the research questions and experimental designs emphasizing
biological processes underlying human behaviour. This course those used in psychological research. Computer programming
introduces student to the neurology, endocrinology (hormonal) for data organisation and analysis is taught. Concepts and
and psycho-pharmacological bases of behaviour and considers techniques learnt in this course are generously applied
their influence in perception, motivation and emotion, sleep throughout later psychology courses.
and learning and memory.
87
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: PSYC 2011 (PS24D) COURSE CODE: PSYC 2016 (PS20C)
COURSE TITLE: SELECTED THEORIES IN SOCIAL COURSE TITLE: SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
PSYCHOLOGY CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: Humans are constantly taking in
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course presents students with an information from the environment, whether it is the words on
overview of the theories and content areas in social psychology. this page or the sounds in the classroom. Sensation involves the
Social psychology is the broadest of the branches of psychology, biological mechanisms that detect physical stimuli and translate
analyzing how the individual influences, and is in turn influenced them into neural activity. Perception refers to the processes the
by the actual or imagined presence of others. This course gives brain uses to actively interpret sensory information, and form
students an understanding of the processes and forces that a representation of the external world. This course will focus
shape and are shaped by human interaction. Core topics will on the biological and cognitive mechanisms of sensation and
include: attribution theories, social exchange theories, field perception in the visual and auditory systems, but will also
theory, consistency theories, reactance theory, theories on self, consider the other sensory modalities.
social comparison theory, social cognition and social perception.
The course is divided into four sections. These sections will LEVEL: III
introduce students to specific theories and concepts in social SEMESTER: II
psychology. All lectures and tutorials are essential. COURSE CODE: PSYC 3002 (PS34D)
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED TOPICS IN PERSONALITY
SEMESTER: I PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE CODE: PSYC 2012 (PS24E) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE TITLE: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines personality
CREDITS: 3 theories, personality characteristics including traits, aptitudes,
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) values, style and interests, the role of personal factors, biological
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES and environmental influences on personality. Definitions of
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on theories and personality derived from classical and modern theorists are
patterns of human development from pre-natal stages to old examined. Emphasis is placed on primary sources.
age. The interplay between cultural norms and psychological
patterns is examined, and the factors related to healthy growth LEVEL: III
and development from an individual and a societal perspective SEMESTER: II
are explored. The course also examines preventive and COURSE CODE: PSYC 3003 (PS34E)
rehabilitative measures. COURSE TITLE: COMMUNITY & ENVIRONMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY
SEMESTER: II PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE CODE: PSYC 2015 (PS20B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO COGNITIVE COURSE DESCRIPTION: Theories developed in a variety of
PSYCHOLOGY areas – social psychology, sociology, ethnology, political science,
CREDITS: 3 architecture and anthropology are synthesized to understand
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) and assess the interaction between the individual and his
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES environment.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce the
contribution made by cognitive psychology to our
understanding of human behaviour and mental processes,
including perception, attention, problem-solving, memory and
language.
88

COURSE CODE: PSYC 3004 (PS34A) COURSE CODE: PSYC 3023 (PS33F)
COURSE TITLE: EXPERIMENTAL AND APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY COURSE TITLE: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
CREDITS: 3 PSYCHOLOGY
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) CREDITS: 3
AND ECON 1005 (EC160) OR SOCI 1005 PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students acquire advanced skills in COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course emphasizes the linkages
psychological experimentation and also an understanding of between social psychological theory and social issues. It
how psychological concepts can be applied towards solving illustrates how social psychological theories and/or principles
human problems. Experimental work will emphasize theories (for example, equity theory, dissonance reduction, prejudice etc.)
and concepts obtained from psychology courses previously can be applied to help understand and solve social problems
or concurrently taken, showing the value and implications of (e.g. poverty, crime, racism) in Caribbean societies, Trinidad and
experimental work in psychology. Tobago in particular.

SEMESTER: II SEMESTER: YEAR LONG
COURSE CODE: PSYC 3014 (PS34B) COURSE CODE: PSYC 3025 (PS320)
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL AND ORGANISATIONAL COURSE TITLE: RESEARCH PROJECT IN PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY CREDITS: 6
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) AND PSYC 2010 (PS24B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course explores the applications of COURSE DESCRIPTION: In order to pursue this course, students
psychological theories and concepts to problems encountered must be in Level 3 and registered in the Psychology (Major/
in work environments with special reference to the Caribbean. Specialization) Programme. The project will help develop
the student’s capability in formulating research themes, data
LEVEL: III collection and analysis from a psychological perspective. This
SEMESTER: II full year course involves seminar-type classes and close frequent
COURSE CODE: PSYC 3021 (PS30G) consultations with a Project Supervisor from the Department’s
COURSE TITLE: MOTIVATION AND EMOTIONS staff. Such research projects are normally carried out at the
CREDITS: 3 Psychological Research Centre.
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES LEVEL: III
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to assist students in SEMESTER: I
understanding the psychological bases for human motivation COURSE CODE: PSYC 3026 (PS30H)
and emotion. Theoretical as well as experimental points of view COURSE TITLE: HISTORY AND SYSTEMS IN PSYCHOLOGY
will be considered ranging from the infancy of the subject to CREDITS: 3
present time.It begins by examining the historical underpinnings PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
of the subject, then analyzing the basic drives that we possess, DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
continuing with our emotions, the brain and its role in feeling, COURSE DESCRIPTION: The purpose of this course is to
mood disorders, motivation and finally social interaction that is familiarise students with the various systems of thought
emotionally charged. that have developed over the lifespan of psychology from its
philosophical origins to recent perspectives. This course will
LEVEL: III primarily rely upon readings, class presentation, and class
SEMESTER: I discussion to convey this body of knowledge.
COURSE CODE: PSYC 3022 (PS30J)
COURSE TITLE: LEARNING AND MEMORY LEVEL: I
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B) COURSE CODE: SOWK 1001 (SW17A)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will explore how humans CREDITS: 3
acquire and remember information that allows them to meet PREREQUISITES: None
the demands of a complex world. The primary interest is related DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
to learning and memory in humans, but it will also cover how COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers the practice of
studying lower animals is beneficia. social work in a developmental context with specific reference
to the Caribbean region. It treats specific developmental and
social problems, the existing structure of social work in selected
countries, and the history of the development of social work.
89
LEVEL: I - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY LEVEL: II

COURSE CODE: SOWK 1003 (SW17B) COURSE CODE: SOWK 2003 (SW27B)
COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK I COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK III
PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1001 (SW17A) PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1001 (SW17A) SOWK 1003 (SW17B)
CO-REQUISITES: SOWK 1010 (SW19C) AND SOWK 2000 (SW27A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines and explores COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course examines the concepts and
theories of Social Work and their applicability in shaping the theoretical foundations of practice with groups in Social Work.
Social worker’s response to the developmental imperatives of It focuses primarily on the small group, examining stages of
Caribbean people. The helping relationship in this context is development, group dynamics, functions, types and intervention
critically appraised, exploring the processes of interviewing, modalities and skills used in working in this modality.
relationship building, strategies of empowerment, assessment
and intervention planning. LEVEL: II
SEMESTER: II
LEVEL: I COURSE CODE: SOWK 2007 (SW24A)
SEMESTER: II COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL DIABILITY STUDIES
COURSE CODE: SOWK 1007 (SW18B) CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: LAW FOR SOCIAL WORKERS PREREQUISITES: None
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the student
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES to Disability Studies. It identifies the ways in which differently
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introduction to legal principles and abled persons are marginalized and restricted and experience
Social Legislation in the West Indies, the Court System (including discrimination within an unadaptive society. Via descriptions of
Tribunals); Professional Role of the Social Worker in court in the current status of persons with disabilities in the Caribbean
term’s of duty to the Court and to the client, the importance of context, it examines the interaction of persons with disabilities
the Social Enquiry Report. Laws relating to the Family, the Aged within the existing political, social and cultural and legal
and Juvenile Crime. systems. The historical struggles for rights and services by the
disabled are highlighted. Policy needs for future development
LEVEL: I - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY are outlined. This course is taught in partnership with persons
SEMESTER: II with disabilities and is grounded in the epistemological belief
COURSE CODE: SOWK 1010 (SW19C) that the creation of knowledge about disability should be with
COURSE TITLE: PRACTICUM 1 / by people with disabilities.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1001 (SW17A) LEVEL: II - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY
CO-REQUISITES: SOWK 1003 (SW17B) SEMESTER: (YEAR LONG)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE CODE: SOWK 2008 (SW290)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students registered for SW19C are COURSE TITLE: PRACTICUM II AND PRACTICUM III
required to read SW17B concurrently, and must have either CREDITS: 6
successfully completed SW17A – Introduction to Social Work PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1001 (SW17A) SOWK 1010 (SW19C)
or have been formally granted an exemption. Practicum I is CO-REQUISITES: SOWK 2000 (SW27A) AND SOWK 2003
designed to foster practical understanding of the helping (SW27B)
process and initiate the development of core skills and attitudes DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
in Social Work students. COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students registered for SW290 (Year
long practicum II and III) are required to read SW27A and
LEVEL: II - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY SW27B concurrently. The primary purpose of the placement
SEMESTER: I remains the development of students’ practice skills. Students
COURSE CODE: SOWK 2000 (SW27A) are encouraged throughout this placement to evaluate their
COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK II own skill development performance. Where possible, Semester
CREDITS: 3 I will emphasize case work and Semester II will emphasize
PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1001 (SW17A) AND SOWK 1003 group work. SW290 will be assessed at 40% at the end of the
(SW17B) first semester and 60% at the end of the second semester. (This
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES is a year-long course extending from September to April with
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A critical appraisal of theories of a break for end of semester exams. Students are required to
social work is continued. The skills and knowledge of the social complete 336 contact hours)
worker; basic principles of social case work, practice skills for
working with individuals and families, are explored in general
and analysed within the Caribbean context.
90

COURSE CODE: SOWK 3002 (SW31B) COURSE CODE: SOWK 3012 (SW32B)
COURSE TITLE: FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE COURSE TITLE: GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL COUNSELLING
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 2012 (PS24E) AND PSYC 2002 PREREQUISITES: PSYC 2012 (PS24E) AND PSYC 2002
(PS24F) (PS24F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course explores the function COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines several
of the family and various family forms and structures, with theoretical approaches to group and individual counseling and
specific reference to the Caribbean context. The course of study the appropriateness and validity of these modalities for varying
examines the scope of family treatment, theoretical approaches client populations. The applicability of these approaches and
and several intervention modalities for families and children. concepts to the Caribbean context is critically analysed.
LEVEL: III - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY LEVEL: III

COURSE CODE: SOWK 3009 (SW30A) COURSE CODE: SOWK 3016 (SW31A)
COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK IV COURSE TITLE: RESIDENTIAL SOCIAL WORK
PREREQUISITES: SOWK 2000 (SW27A) AND SOWK 2003 PREREQUISITES: PSYC 2012 (PS24E)
(SW27B) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: A general and comparative study
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course deals primarily with of Institutional Care in relation to the child, the elderly, the
the theory and practice of community organisation and physically and mentally handicapped and the adult offender.
change – basic concepts, assumptions, values and ethics, Special emphasis will be placed on Institutional Care in the
strategies and skills are examined. Contemporary community Caribbean. The course focuses on the practice skills required for
organisation practices are examined and their relevance to institutional care.
the developmental needs of Caribbean societies is explored.
Students undertake this critical appraisal both in the classroom LEVEL: III - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY
and through engagement in a community group project in SEMESTER: YEAR LONG
selected communities. COURSE CODE: SOWK 3017 (SW350)
COURSE TITLE: PRACTICUM IV
LEVEL: III - FOR SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS ONLY CREDITS: 6
SEMESTER: II PREREQUISITES: SOWK 1010 (SW19C), SOWK 2008 (SW290),
COURSE CODE: SOWK 3011 (SW30B) SOWK 2000 (SW27A) SOWK 2003 (SW27B)
COURSE TITLE: THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL WORK V CO-REQUISITES: SOWK 3009 (SW30A) and SOWK 3011
(HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PRACTICE) (SW30B)
PREREQUISITES: SOWK 2000 (SW27A) AND SOWK 2003 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is oriented to the
(SW27B) AND SOWK 3009 (SW30A) development of students’ research and practice skills in an
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES employment setting. Students registered for SW350 are
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This is the final theory and practice required to have successfully completed the following courses
core course for BSC Social Work students. Its focus is on at the previous LEVEL: SW27A, SW27B and SW290. This course
macro-level practice as implemented in management and extends from September to April and students are required to
administration activities in the human service industry. complete 336 contact hours.
Principles of management, human resource management and
organizational behaviour are framed in keeping with the Social LEVEL: III
Work task environment in Trinidad and Tobago. Students are also SEMESTER: II
required to participate in workshop sessions covering a selected COURSE CODE: SOWK 3019
skill area for Social Work managers. Students are encouraged to COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN RURAL
use their Practicum and other experiences to contextualize and COMMUNITIES
critically analyze management practice, needs and challenges CREDITS: 3
in Social Work and to advance an integrated framework that PREREQUISITES: SOWK 2000 (SW27A)
could be applicable to managing Social Work agencies. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to prepare
students for generalist social work practice in rural areas, and
to familiarize students with issues unique to rural communities.
Throughout the course, special emphasis will be given to the
service needs of populations at risk and to the social service
delivery issues encountered in rural communities in the
Caribbean.
91
LEVEL: I LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: SOCI 1000 (SY13F) COURSE CODE: SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY II COURSE TITLE: MODERN SOCIAL THEORY
PREREQUISITES: None PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sociological Perspectives. Major COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics include Modern Structuralism
Themes on Social Change and Development in the modern Structural-functionalism; Conflict theory. Phenomenological
world. and Interactionist perspectives: Ethnomethodology; Symbolic
Interactionism. Third World and Caribbean Perspectives: Frantz
LEVEL: I Fanon and the Sociology of Colonialism; Pluralism, Creole and
SEMESTER: I Plantation Society models and beyond.
COURSE CODE: SOCI 1002 (SY13E)
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY I LEVEL: II
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE CODE: SOCI 2006 (SY22F)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE TITLE: QUALITATIVE METHODS IN SOCIOLOGICAL
COURSE DESCRIPTION: What is Sociology about? Structures of RESEARCH
Power. An analysis of social institutions and processes. CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
LEVEL: I DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
SEMESTER: I & II COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course exposes student to field
COURSE CODE: SOCI 1005 research, both within the community and in organisations. The
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR THE object is to understand the meaning of the members’ world;
BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES how their perception images and interpretations shape the
CREDITS: 3 members and the wider community. Students are trained to
PREREQUISITES: None undertake qualitative research in this area by understanding
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES phenomena in selected areas.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Introduction to Statistics for the
Behavioural Sciences represents an attempt to understand LEVEL: II
social and behavioural phenomena from a measurement SEMESTER: I
perspective. Given the wide variation in measurement, based on COURSE CODE: SOCI 2007 (SY22E)
the nature of the population that is being measured, this course COURSE TITLE: SURVEY DESIGN AND ANALYSIS SOCI 2007
will sensitize students to varying methods of data collection, (SY22E)
treatment and analysis consistent with ongoing changes and CREDITS: 3
variations in behavioural phenomena. To this end, the objective PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E)OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
of this course is to train students to measure, understand and AND ECON 1005 (EC160) OR SOCI 1005
interpret behavioural phenomena. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course allows students to
LEVEL: II understand the various interconnections betweens the
SEMESTER: I methodologies (used in survey designs) and reliability of
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2000 (SY20E) findings. Students gain hands-on experience with the computer,
COURSE TITLE: CLASSICAL SOCIAL THEORY as it relates to the data entry of the actual survey which the
CREDITS: 3 student conducts in a test of understanding phenomena and
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) research.
OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to
the works of pioneering sociological thinkers who dominated
sociological theorizing in the 19th and early 20th centuries,
critically evaluating the theoretical contributions of August
Comte, Herbert Spencer, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Karl Marx
and Vilfredo Pareto.
92
LEVEL: II LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2010 (SY23C) COURSE CODE: SOCI 2015 (SY25B)
COURSE TITLE: ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE PEOPLES OF THE COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL POLICY ORGANISATION AND
CARIBBEAN I ADMINISTRATION
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) PREREQUISITES: FOR B.Sc. SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS-SOWK
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES 1001 (SW17A) AND SOWK 1003 (SW17B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: An introductory course which treats: ALL OTHER STUDENTS - SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000
1. What is Anthropology? (SY13F)
2. Anthropological methods and their problems. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
3. The cultural background of the Caribbean peoples. COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sub-theme – The organisation of
4. The concepts of culture, culture contact, acculturation, social services. This course concentrates on the organisation
interculturation, syncretism. and delivery of social services for mezzo-policy practice. It
5. Identity, culture and Caribbean society. examines the range of social services that can assist to improve
the wellbeing of persons in the society. These include private
LEVEL: II practice, educational programmes, residential programmes,
SEMESTER: II home services and development agencies within the NGO
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2011 (SY23D) sector.
COURSE TITLE: ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE PEOPLES OF THE
CARIBBEAN II LEVEL: II
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) COURSE CODE: SOCI 2022 (SY21C)
OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL GERONTOLGY
CO-REQUISITES: SOCI 2010 (SY23C) CREDITS: 3
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Building on Anthropology of the DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
Peoples of the Caribbean I, students learn about some of COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to introduce
the important institutions and processes of social change in students to the field of social gerontology and will focus on the
Caribbean society. Urbanization and the changing ethnic and social dimensions of the ageing. Within this setting students
class relations in named Caribbean societies are considered, as are introduced to the demographic, biological, psychological
are the various theoretical perspectives on the region, focusing and sociological theories of ageing, the social attitudes towards
on religion, the family, gender relations,“family land”,“higglering” ageing and the effects of these attitudes on older persons and
and “the informal sector”. their participation in society. The major issues around the social
consequences of the policies for the elderly in the Caribbean are
LEVEL: II discussed. This course contributes to an improved awareness
SEMESTER: I of the continuity of life and assists in dispelling fears and
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2012 (SY23F) misconceptions of ageing. Through project activities, this course
COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT provides the opportunity to determine the extent to which
CREDITS: 3 various theories on ageing apply to the Caribbean.
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E)
OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) LEVEL: II
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES SEMESTER: I
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course addresses the problematic, COURSE CODE: SOCI 2023 (SY25A)
theories, and critiques of social development as applied to COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION I
those societies that emerged on the world stage after the CREDITS: 3
end of the Second World War. It closes with a consideration of PREREQUISITES: FOR B.Sc. SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS-SOWK
development theory in the post modern era. 1001 (SW17A) AND SOWK 1003 (SW17B)
ALL OTHER STUDENTS - SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000
(SY13F)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sub-theme – The Development of Social
Policy. This introductory course is essential for a minor in a Social
Policy. It covers the scope of social policy; the development of
the welfare state; history of social policy in Trinidad & Tobago
and key theoretical concepts for understanding and delivering
social services.
93

COURSE CODE: SOCI 2025 / GEND 2025 COURSE CODE: SOCI 3005 (SY31C)
COURSE TITLE: WOMEN AND WORK IN THE GLOBAL COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND ILLNESS
ECONOMY CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F);
PREREQUISITES: None AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: INSTITUTE OF GENDER AND DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEVELOPMENT STUDIES/ BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course enables students to identify
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will introduce students the relationship between social factors and illness. It explains
to the study of women, work and social change in developing how age, sex, class, ethnicity and culture can determine how
countries, focusing on women workers in labor intensive a disease can become prevalent in one group as opposed to
manufacturing jobs, issues related to women’s work in the another. It also highlights the relationship between doctor and
Caribbean in relation to the changing global trade environment patient, and treats with the role of institutions such as hospitals,
(such as CSME and the EU-CARIFORUM EPA), and the situation of nursing homes, and health organisation and reorganisation
migrant women workers and women engaged in other formal within the Caribbean and beyond.
and informal sectors of the global economy.
LEVEL: III
LEVEL: III SEMESTER: II
SEMESTER: I COURSE CODE: SOCI 3006 (SY31F)
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3002 (SY30E) COURSE TITLE: THE THIRD WORLD IN GLOBAL
COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION I: PERSPECTIVES DEVELOPMENT
AND ISSUES CREDITS: 3
CREDITS: 3 PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F);
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the current state
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics include The growth and of world development and the place of the Post Colonial World,
development of Education as a distinct branch of study in in general and the English-speaking Caribbean in particular,
Sociology;Theoretical perspectives in the Sociology of Education; within it. It is a companion to SY23F - Social Change and
Education and Society: Education and Social Stratification; Development, and takes up the theme of fundamental changes
Education and gender; Education and race; Education and Social in global techno-economic arrangements and their reflection in
Change; The teaching profession; The school as an organisation; the nature of developmental theory. These theoretical issues
The Sociology of Educational Knowledge. are grounded through an examination of some current social
issues (Poverty, Urbanization and International Migration) in
LEVEL: III Caribbean development.
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3003 (SY30F) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION II: EDUCATION SEMESTER: II
AND SOCIETY COURSE CODE: SOCI 3008 (SY32E)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY I: THEORY AND
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) METHODS
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Topics include Educational Systems in PREREQUISITES: SOCI 2000 (SY20E) AND SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
developed and developing nations: An overview; Educational DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
Systems in the Caribbean: Historical perspective; The school COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on the sociological
system in the contemporary Caribbean with special reference study of work and industry. It assumes prior exposure to
to Trinidad; Higher Education in the Caribbean: status and issues; Sociological Theory or Organisational Theory and Behaviour
The teaching profession in the Caribbean; The role of Education as it seeks to apply those insights to an understanding of the
in decolonisation; Main problematic issues in the contemporary structure and dynamics of work and industry in contemporary
Caribbean. society.
94

COURSE CODE: SOCI 3019 (SY35B) COURSE CODE: SOCI 3028 (SY36E)
COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION II COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN SOCIAL STRUCTURE I
PREREQUISITES: FOR B.Sc. SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS-SOWK PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F);
1001 (SW17A) AND SOWK 1003 (SW17B) AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
ALL OTHER STUDENTS - SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
(SY13F) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL COURSE DESCRIPTION: Insights into Caribbean social
SCIENCES structure and the advent of the colonists from the 16th to the
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Sub-theme – Social Policy Analysis 20th centuries are offered, allowing students to understand
This course equips students with in-depth knowledge of the the relationship among ethnicity, race, class and colour in
contribution of social policy to social development. The course West Indian societies, and how the historical legacy of slavery
content covers comparative social policy; the use of frameworks and indentureship produce cultural traditions and customs
for social policy analysis and detailed analysis of some selected impacting on social structure and society.
areas e.g. poverty, the family, housing, employment, social work
services, mental health, the environment and cooperatives. LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: II
LEVEL: III COURSE CODE: SOCI 3030 (SY37C)
SEMESTER: II COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF PENAL PRACTICE
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3020 (SY35C) CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION III PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F);
CREDITS: 3 AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
PREREQUISITES: FOR B.Sc.SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS-SOWK DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
1001 (SW17A) AND SOWK 1003 (SW17B) COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course considers the sociology
ALL OTHER STUDENTS - SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 of policing, lower and higher courts, imprisonment, capital
(SY13F) punishment, welfare alternatives to prison, and attempts
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES to develop popular justice. A considerable literature from a
COURSE DESCRIPTION:Sub-theme – Social Planning This course developmental perspective is available on the police, on courts,
is designed to empower social development workers to actively and on alternative strategies.
improve policy and planning skills. Course content covers
social planning practice, current trends as gender planning, LEVEL: III
community care, sustainable development; and technical skills SEMESTER: II
such as the preparation of appraisals and evaluations. COURSE CODE: SOCI 3031 (SY37G)
COURSE TITLE: SEX, GENDER AND SOCIETY
LEVEL: III CREDITS: 3
SEMESTER: I PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3023 (SY35E) AND GEND 1103
COURSE TITLE: POPULATION STUDIES I DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: INSTITUTE OF GENDER AND
CREDITS: 3 DEVELOPMENT STUDIES/ BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F); COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to critically examine
AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F) the sociological tradition of women, family and gender. It
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES reviews the biological, anthropological and social approaches to
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides students with the origins of sex differences and examines the changes in the
an insight into how the study of human behaviour may be sexual division of labour in human history. Finally it examines
approached in a scientific way through the application of the significance of sexuality and its control in the ordering and
theories and methods which have been developed from the structure of society.
perspective of a phased schedule of activities.
95

COURSE CODE: SOCI 3032 (SY37H) COURSE CODE: SOCI 3038
COURSE TITLE: CRIMINOLOGY COURSE TITLE: GENDER, ETHNICITY AND CLASS: ISSUES
CREDITS: 3 OF IDENTITY, NATION AND CITIZENSHIP IN THE ENGLISH
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F); SPEAKING CARIBBEAN.
AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F) CREDITS: 3
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES PREREQUISITES: ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: SOCI 1002
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to provide students (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F); HIST 2003; HIST 2004; HIST
with a basic understanding of the major theories of crime and 2005; HIST 3001; HIST 3002; HIST 3003; HIST 3005; HIST
deviance and their relevance in terms of research and policy 3601; SOCI 3029; GEND 2203
development. It also seeks to provide students with a working DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: INSTITUTE OF GENDER AND
understanding of selected issues on crime with a local and DEVELOPMENT STUDIES / BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
Caribbean focus. Some of these selected issues include: theories COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to raise the level
of crime, Caribbean Criminology, the Muslimeen Insurrection, of discourse on ‘race’ and ethnic relations in our societies and
juvenile delinquency, white-collar crimes, crime statistics, fear of establish the centrality of gender to issues of ‘race’, ethnicity,
crime, community policing, victimization, gender and crime, and class and culture. At the end of this course the student should be
crime research and policy. more familiar with the historical background to contemporary
relations; have a better understanding of the ways in which
LEVEL: III women and men are differently located within the discourse on
SEMESTER: II race and class in the region; and an appreciation of the new ways
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3036 (SY39B) in which scholars have sought to understand and conceptualise
COURSE TITLE: POLICE AND SOCIETY these complex interactions. It is hoped that this course will
CREDITS: 3 contribute to a more informed approach to inter-ethnic and
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) gender relations in the region. This course is intended for senior
AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F) undergraduates and should be open to students from a range
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES of faculties. Some knowledge of sociology would be an asset.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: In Police & Society we examine and
critique two of the essential institutions in society intended to LEVEL: III
treat or deal with crime: law enforcement and corrections.We will SEMESTER: I
also as part of the content of the course develop complimentary COURSE CODE: SOCI 3039 (SY27D)
research knowledge on deportees. COURSE TITLE: GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT: WITH
REFERENCE TO CARIBBEAN SOCIETY
LEVEL: III CREDITS: 3
SEMESTER: II PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F)
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3037 (SY35F) DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: INSTITUTE OF GENDER AND
COURSE TITLE: POPULATION STUDIES II DEVELOPMENT STUDIES/BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course traces the emergence of
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) ; the specialized field of women/gender and development since
AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F) the 1970s. The feminist critique of ‘development’ is examined
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES as well as the social, political and economic aspects of gender
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Students make the linkage between relations and their relation to the so-called development
population and other aspects of the universe,i.e.the environment, process. The course has a practical focus and provides an
the economy etc. Next, considerations are given to the kinds of introduction to frameworks for gender analysis which influence
policies and control measures which may be adopted in respect policy decisions.
of the population growth phenomenon. Students consider the
links between population and development and perform basic
demographic techniques.
96
LEVEL: III LEVEL: II

SEMESTER 11 SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE; SOCI 3040 COURSE CODE: TOUR 2005 (TR21C)
COURSE TITLE; SOCIOLOGY OF FAMILIES COURSE TITLE: TRANSPORTATION AND TRAVEL
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F) PREREQUISITES: HTM 163* AND HTM 150*
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course offers an analysis of the
the sociological study of the family and establishes foundation development, role and operation of transportation services in the
knowledge in the field. Definitions of diverse ‘families’ are tourism industry. Topics covered include: the interrelationship of
explored while elaborating on the historical relationship transportation and tourism; the significance of different modes
between family and society, the family life course, sexuality and of transportation for tourism; the structure of the international
parenting. Social influences on family stability and the role of air transportation industry; scheduled and charter services in
macro social, political and economic forces of the family are also the air transportation; cruise, ferries and yachting transportation;
examined. The course caters for students of all disciplines of the the economics of operation of passenger transport; economic
Department of Behavioural Sciences. and legal regulation of transportation. Future trends in travel
and transportation will also be discussed.
LEVEL: I *T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course
COURSE CODE: SOSC 1002 (CS13B) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SEMESTER: I
CREDITS: 3 COURSE CODE: TOUR 3003 (TR31A)
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE TITLE: INTEGRATED SERVICE MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL CREDITS: 3
SCIENCES PREREQUISITES: HTM 233* AND HTM 259*
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course seeks to provide the DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
rudiments of computers to all undergraduates enrolled in the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will examine the many
Faculty of Social Sciences. Classroom teaching is accompanied facets of receptive and customer services within the context of
by hands-on practical sessions in the computer laboratory the Hospitality and Tourism industry. Students will be given the
where the student is introduced to electronic spreadsheets, framework in which to develop skills, knowledge and attitude
word processing, database systems and the like. necessary for the implementation as well as the development
of policies, procedures, service systems and strategies that will
LEVEL: I ensure quality service, customer satisfaction and the creation of
SEMESTER: I a service-oriented environment in the organisation.
COURSE CODE: TOUR 1001 *T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course
COURSE TITLE: INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL
TOURISM LEVEL: III
PREREQUISITES: None COURSE CODE: TOUR 3004 (TR31B)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES COURSE TITLE: TOURISM DESTINATION MARKETING
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The travel and tourism industry is CREDITS: 3
going through a state of change, affected by changes in the PREREQUISITES: BC 222* AND HTM 233*
global social, political and economic environments. The course DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
focuses on the dynamic global environment within which COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course examines the variables
tourism operates. It is designed to establish an awareness of involved in the marketing of tourist destinations. Special
concepts and perspectives relevant to the understanding of the attention is given to planning and operations of events and
international travel and tourism industry and to give students attractions in Trinidad and Tobago.
a framework within which to analyze the various aspects of *T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course
the industry. It provides a foundation for an understanding
of international tourism and a basic knowledge for the more
specialized tourism courses in the second and third years.
97
LEVEL: III
SEMESTER: I FACULTY OF SOCIAL
COURSE CODE: TOUR 3005 (TR31C)
COURSE TITLE: TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT SCIENCES COURSES NOT
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: HTM 258* AND HTM 259* OFFERED IN 2010/2011
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course aims to provide an LEVEL: II
understanding of the process of tourism development planning SEMESTER: I & II
and the creation of national Tourism Master Plans.Topics covered COURSE CODE: ACCT 2020 (MS25E)
will include concepts, objectives and methods of planning in COURSE TITLE: COST AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
the context of the physical environment; assessment of tourism CREDITS: 3
potential; survey and analysis of tourism resources conservation PREREQUISITES: None
policies; pollution control; infrastructure development. Tourism DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
development plans of Caribbean destinations will be reviewed COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for students
and evaluated. who have not completed MS15E and MS15F. The focus is on
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course Management Planning and Control. Business students and
managers will understand the relevance of the more traditional
LEVEL: III accounting topics to business decisions.
SEMESTER: II
COURSE CODE: TOUR 3008 (TR32B) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: TOURISM IMPACT ANALYSIS COURSE CODE: ECON 3004 (EC30L)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS II
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course evaluates the various CO-REQUISITES: ECON 3001 (EC30F)
tools/ mechanisms for assessing the various impacts of DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS
tourism; assesses the value of tourism management strategies COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course takes participants through
on destinations, with particular reference to ‘ethical and fairly alternative strategies for the development of industry in
traded tourism’; and examines the applicability of sustainable developing countries, with special reference to the Caribbean.
tourism within the context of sustainable development. The course draws on the experiences of other countries and
analyses the Caribbean record.
LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: ECON 3024 (EC33D)
COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION AND
MANPOWER PLANNING
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A), ECON 2002 (EC21A)
AND ECON 2003 (EC21B)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide
students with insights into the links between the educational
and training systems and the preparation of human resources
for the labour market.
LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: ECON 3026 (EC33C)
COURSE TITLE: HUMAN RESOURCE POLICY AND PLANNING
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002
(EC21A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to give students
an orientation to the problems of employment generation
generally, in a developing world context.
98

COURSE CODE: ECON 3029 (EC35J) COURSE CODE: ECON 3060 (EC39B)
COURSE TITLE: LABOUR ECONOMICS COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF FOREIGN INVESTMENT AND
CREDITS: 3 TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2003 CREDITS: 3
(EC21B) PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS (EC21A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will focus on the traditional DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS
themes in Labour Economics and will also provide insights into COURSE DESCRIPTION: Determinants of Foreign Investment;
the special problems of Labour Economics in the Caribbean and Forms of TNC participation - Equity (wholly-owned, joint
a developing world context. venture), non-equity forms (management contracts, etc.). The
legal framework (including bilateral Investments treaties, code
LEVEL: III of conduct, Foreign Investment Act); The management of TNCs;
COURSE CODE: ECON 3042 (EC35B) Negotiations with TNCs; Case Studies of negotiations and joint
COURSE TITLE: SELECTED ISSUES IN PUBLIC FINANCE ventures.
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None LEVEL: III
CO-REQUISITES: ECON 3052 (EC30B) COURSE CODE: ECON 3061 (EC39D)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF TECHNOLOGY AND
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Privatization, Resource Allocation TECHNOLOGY POLICY
and Income Distribution; Economic Considerations of Health CREDITS: 3
Sector Policy; Social Security in Development Context; Ricardian PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002
Equivalence; Fiscal Policy and Borrowing Conditionality; other (EC21A)
topical issues relevant to the Caribbean. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: ECONOMICS
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Technology theory and policy
LEVEL: III in mainstream economics and the developed, industrial
SEMESTER: II economies: neoclassical, Evolutionary Schumpeterian and
COURSE CODE: ECON 3058 (EC38J) Marxist paradigms; modes of technology policy in the developed
COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF CULTURE market economies. Development of technological capabilities
CREDITS: 3 in the Caribbean and the Third World.
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2000 (EC20A) AND ECON 2002
(EC21A) LEVEL: CERTIFICATE
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: Economics COURSE CODE: GOVT 0411 (GT41A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Cultural Authenticity and Economics; COURSE TITLE: A STUDY OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Microeconomics of Culture; Case Studies of Festivals of the CREDITS: 3
Caribbean region; Microeconomic Policy in Sport and Cultural PREREQUISITES: None
Development; Economics of Cultural Exports. DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course will cover the concept and
LEVEL: III philosophy of Personnel Management; The Personnel Functions;
COURSE CODE: ECON 3059 (EC39A) Human Resource Development; Organisation of the Personnel
COURSE TITLE: ECONOMICS OF DEBT MANAGEMENT Management function; Relationships in Personnel Management;
CREDITS: 3 The Meaning and Organisation of Work; Employee Needs;
PREREQUISITES: ECON 2002 (EC21A), ECON 2003 (EC21B) Inter-personal Relationships; Human Resource Selection and
AND ECON 1005 (EC141) Development; Worker Welfare and Job Tenure; Interviewing.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course begins with a review of the LEVEL: III
principal forms of foreign indebtedness and their measurement COURSE CODE: GOVT 3005 (GT32B)
together with the empirical trends in foreign indebtedness of COURSE TITLE: COMPARATIVE FEDERALISM
countries of the Periphery since the 1970s. The course then CREDITS: 3
moves to the theory of foreign debt management and then PREREQUISITES: GOVT 1000 (GT11C) OR GOVT 1001
relates this to the actual experience of foreign indebtedness (GT11D)
from the turn of the 1970s.The course concludes with the outline DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
of a model and framework for foreign borrowing including the COURSE DESCRIPTION: A comparative and problem-oriented
use of computerized debt-monitoring systems. approach to the study of the theory and practice of federalism
in selected old and new states.
99
LEVEL: DIPLOMA LEVEL: DIPLOMA

COURSE CODE: GOVT 4001 (GT50B) COURSE CODE: GOVT 4007 (GT54B)
COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY AND COURSE TITLE: METHODS OF POLITICAL RESERACH
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES COURSE DESCRIPTION: The nature, scope and objectives
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The nature and purpose of hierarchy of scientific research in the field of social sciences; The logic,
in organisations, responsibility and authority in organisations, models and techniques of scientific analysis and explanation;
formal and informal relationships in organisations. Management The nature, purpose and types of research designs; The problems
by objectives: performance appraisal; policy formulation; and techniques of data collection; The methods and techniques
decision-making; long range planning. Industrial labour of data analysis, interpretation and presentation.
relations and personnel management (the making of labour
relations; collective bargaining; participation; recruitment and LEVEL: DIPLOMA
selection; training). COURSE CODE: GOVT 4008 (GT55A)
COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC ENTERPRISE
LEVEL: DIPLOMA CREDITS: 3
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4002 (GT51A) PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
CREDITS: 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION: The objectives of this segment of the
PREREQUISITES: None course of study of Public Enterprises are:
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES to understand the political and social rationalizations for the
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the student to establishment of public enterprises and to evaluate their
the theories and principles as well as the typical practices which importance as administrative devices in the context of both the
subsume the structure and function of state bureaucracies. developed world as well as the developing; and
This course of study will focus principally on systems of to analyse the structural/functional characteristics of the
administration in the Westminster Whitehall tradition with principal types of organisations devised for the operation and
appropriate references to other systems of administration. management of public enterprises with particular attention to
the implications of these characteristics for the performance
LEVEL: DIPLOMA and control of public enterprises.
COURSE TITLE: DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION: THE LEVEL: DIPLOMA
CARIBBEAN AND THIRD WORLD COURSE CODE: GOVT 4009 (GT55B)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: PUBLIC ENTERPRISE IN THE THIRD WORLD
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to provide DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
students with an understanding of administrative systems in COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is a sequel to the successful
the Commonwealth Caribbean and the Third World generally in completion of the programme of study in Semester I. The
the context of the political, social and economic environment in focus would be on the experiences of Caribbean governments
which these systems operate. It focuses on the structures and in particular and Third World governments generally in the
processes of public administration in this region and on the operation of public enterprises. Special attention will be paid to
problems and issues that are associated with both administrative (i) methodologies and mechanisms employed in planning the
reforms and social and economic transformation. range of activities undertaken by public enterprises in these
countries; and (ii) evaluation of their performances and their
LEVEL: DIPLOMA impact on the socio-economic well-being of the societies they
COURSE CODE: GOVT 4006 (GT54A) serve.
COURSE TITLE: STATISTICS
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The nature and scope of statistics
Data collection; Testing and reliability of data; Classification
and tabulation; Presentation of statistics in diagrammatic form.;
Frequency distributions and descriptive statistical measures;
Index number theory and practice; Regression and correlation;
Time series analysis; Probability theory; Estimation theory; Non-
Parametric research.
100

COURSE CODE: HOTL 2001 (HM20A) COURSE CODE: HOTL 3002 (HM30C)
COURSE TITLE: PROPERTY AND FACILITIES MANAGEMENT COURSE TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY
PREREQUISITES: HTM 228* PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course provides the opportunity COURSE DESCRIPTION: The aim of this course is to sensitize
for students to explore the management of the physical product hospitality and tourism management students to the critical
and the implications for service management. Students will also importance of service excellence and professionalism in the
examine the range of maintenance and refurbishment policies, hospitality and tourism industry. The course examines the
engineering policies, environmental and energy commonly service characteristics of hospitality and tourism systems and the
encountered in the management of accommodation. The implications of these characteristics on the design, operations
course also investigates the multi-faceted nature of the Rooms and management of such systems. Topics to be covered include
Division and looks at the different systems of accommodation the nature of the service process, understanding the service
management to be found in the range of accommodation encounter, defining and meeting the service expectations
types. Legislation relating to property management and space and delivery. Problems of service delivery, personal problems,
requirements will also be discussed. motivation, training, stress, seasonality and quality control will
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course also be emphasized.

COURSE CODE: HOTL 2002 (HM20B) COURSE CODE: HOTL 3003 (HM35A)
COURSE TITLE: HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT COURSE TITLE: ENTERTAINMENT MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITES: HTM 228* PREREQUISITES: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is intended to provide the COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course covers the types of live
grounding necessary to allow students to: entertainment and logistics of special events management –
a. identify the factors that make the difference between crowd control, special effects, lighting, decorations, sound and
success and failure in the accommodation and protocol for fairs, festivals, sporting events and grand openings.
restaurant business; This course will also introduce the student to the planning and
b. develop a marketing plan to attract customers; organisation of different aspects of entertainment.The role of the
c. design and price a menu for maximum promotional hotel entertainment director, the role of the producer/ presenter,
effect; with emphasis on contracts with performers, unions, agents and
d. provide service to the customer that will make them managers will be covered. Copyright laws and immigration laws
want to return; as they relate to performers will also be covered.
e. design the front office to add to the customer
experience; LEVEL: III
f. design the back of the house to increase employee COURSE CODE: MGMT 3014 (MS31E)
productivity; COURSE TITLE: MANAGEMENT MICROCOMPUTER
g. develop procedures for effective purchasing, receiving, APPLICATIONS
storing and issuing of items; CREDITS: 3
h. prevent food-borne diseases; PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2006 (MS21B)
i. analyse financial statements systematically to DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
determine the profitability of the operation; COURSE DESCRIPTION: A practical course to prepare students
j. efficiently staff the operations with quality for the use of computers in the workplace. The focus is on the
employees. use of microcomputer software packages in Management.
*T&T Hospitality and Tourism Institute (TTHTI) course.
LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3021 (MS32D)
COURSE TITLE: ORGANISATIONAL THEORY
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: (MGMT 1001) (MS12A) OR SOCI 1002
(SY13E)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Organisations permeate all aspects of
our life – society as a whole, and the economy. This course seeks
to help the student understand how and why organisations are
structured the way they are.
101

COURSE CODE: MGMT 3030 (MS33A) COURSE CODE: MGMT 3086 (MS39D)
COURSE TITLE: SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSE TITLE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND NEW VENTURE
CREDITS: 3 MANAGEMENT
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2008 (MS22A), MGMT 2003 CREDITS: 3
(MS20A) AND MGMT 2023 (MS28D) PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D), MGMT 2003 (MS20A),
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES ACCT 2017 (MS25C) AND MGMT 2008 (MS22A)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course focuses on the critical DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES
issues relating to Small Business Management particularly in COURSE DESCRIPTION: Perspective in Entrepreneurship;
the context of the Caribbean environment. The Entrepreneur’s Mind, The Entrepreneurial Manager; The
New Venture Team. New Venture Ideas; Recognizing, Shaping
LEVEL: III and Evaluating Opportunities. The Start-up Process; Valuation
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3054 (MS38M) Techniques, The Organisation Plan. The Business Plan for Raising
COURSE TITLE: CAPITAL BUDGETING Capital and Guiding Growth. Alternative Sources of Financing
CREDITS: 3 and Obtaining Capital; Deal Structuring. Purchasing a Business;
PREREQUISITES: MGMT 2023 (MS28D) AND MGMT 3048 Franchising; Managing Growth.
(MS38H)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES LEVEL: III
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is concerned with SEMESTER: YEAR LONG
developing the finance skills learned in Financial Management I COURSE CODE: MGMT 3087
and II in the area of Capital Budgeting. Students will be familiar (Not on offer this academic year)
with procedures to evaluate the correct cost of capital and how COURSE TITLE: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND INNOVATION
to evaluate appropriate cash flows and correctly analyse them. CREDITS: 6
PREREQUISITES: None
LEVEL: III DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3082 (MS36D) COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course will address key challenges
COURSE TITLE: AUDITING II facing a start-up venture: from opportunity recognition and
CREDITS: 3 assessment, strategic positioning and business model selection.
PREREQUISITES: None The course analyses dynamics that allow a firm or individual to
CO-REQUISITES: ACCT 3043 (MS36B) evolve survive and compete in a global competitive environment.
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES This learning process is interpreted along a range of dimensions
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The course seeks to encourage including critical thinking, knowledge management, change
students to develop a questioning attitude and to provide them management and innovation management, and is contextualized
with a thorough understanding of auditing that will allow them within the current framework of the knowledge society of the
to deal with the problems that confront them as the auditing information age. Entrepreneurship is interpreted as a holistic and
environment continues to change. systemic approach required of persons who wish to create and
sustain an effective business.
LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: MGMT 3084 (MS38K) LEVEL: III
COURSE TITLE: TAXATION II COURSE CODE: PSYC 3000 (PS34F)
CREDITS: 3 COURSE TITLE: PSYCHOLOGY OF POLITICS
CO-REQUISITES: MGMT 3051 (MS38E) PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: MANAGEMENT STUDIES DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces the student to COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course uses theories and research
tax management practices for individuals, sole proprietors and findings from psychology (e.g. attitude formation, leadership,
corporations and exposes students to specialist tax areas. group dynamics, persuasion) to understand and explain political
behaviour.
LEVEL: III
COURSE CODE: PSYC 3024 (PS34C)
COURSE TITLE: PSYCHOLOGY OF ETHNIC RELATIONS
CREDITS: 3
PREREQUISITES: PSYC 1003 (PS14A) OR PSYC 1004 (PS11B)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: The psychological dynamics of prejudice
and theories of racial prejudice are examined in the context
of attitude formation and change. An examination of the
psychological impact which the history and economic structure
of Caribbean societies have on race relations.
102
LEVEL: II
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2002 (SY21G)
LANGUAGES
LEVEL: I
COURSE TITLE: SOCIAL BACKGROUND OF INDIAN
SEMESTER: I & II
DIASPORA
COURSE CODE: FREN 0150
CREDITS: 3
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 1A
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2
PREREQUISITE: None
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course introduces students to the
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE
sociological phenomenon of diaspora from a socio-historical
LEARNING (CLL)
perspective. It focuses on the indentured immigration during
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading
1838-1917, especially to the Caribbean region, and the emergent
and writing) course that introduces students to the French
scenario in the decades immediately following the abolition of
language and to some of its cultural aspects. Students will
the indenture system.
develop an initial ability to communicate in the target language
in situations relating to their personal lives. Students will be
LEVEL: II
introduced to the concept of learner autonomy in language
COURSE CODE: SOCI 2003 (SY21H)
learning.
COURSE TITLE: SOCIOLOGY OF A DIASPORIC COMMUNITY
Assessment: 100% in course
CREDITS: 3
LEVEL: I
SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course exposes students to
the dynamics of a diasporic community in a post-colonial
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 1B
democracy. Focusing on the Caribbean region it deals with the
processes of continuity and change among the people of Indian
PREREQUISITE: FREN 0150
descent, and the issues confronting this community and the
wider society in which it lives.
LEARNING (CLL)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading
LEVEL: III
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level IA
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3010 (SY32F)
French. Students will enhance their ability to communicate in
COURSE TITLE: INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY II: SOCIOLOGY OF
the target language in situations relating to themselves and
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
areas of immediate relevance. Students will continue to develop
CREDITS: 3
their autonomy in language learning.
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 2000 (SY20E) AND SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
OR MGMT 3021 (MS32D)
LEVEL: I
COURSE DESCRIPTION: As a follow up to SY32E, it focuses on
SEMESTER: I & II
the issue of industrial relations and conflict drawing on the
Caribbean experience.
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 2A
LEVEL: III
PREREQUISITE: FREN 0151
COURSE CODE: SOCI 3029 (SY36F)
COURSE TITLE: CARIBBEAN SOCIAL STRUCTURE II
LEARNING (CLL)
CREDITS: 3
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking,
PREREQUISITES: SOCI 1002 (SY13E) OR SOCI 1000 (SY13F);
reading and writing) course that builds on the work done in
AND SOCI 2000 (SY20E) OR SOCI 2001 (SY20F)
Level 1B French. Students will be able to function increasingly
independently in all four skills in familiar situations and topics.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course shows the interrelationship
between macro external factors and Caribbean social structure,
examining the relationship between the phenomenon of
Caribbean migration, Caribbean societal development from
post- emancipation to pre-independent times, and the issues of
globalization, liberalization, religion, class and ethnicity on the
Caribbean social structure in contemporary times.
103
LEVEL: I LEVEL: I
SEMESTER: I & II SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE CODE: FREN 0251 COURSE CODE: SPAN 0150
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 2B COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL IA
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2 NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2
PREREQUISITE: FREN 0250 PREREQUISITE: None
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE
LEARNING (CLL) LEARNING (CLL)
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 2A and writing) course that introduces students to the Spanish
French. language and to some of its cultural aspects. Students will
Students will be able to function more independently in a develop an initial ability to communicate in the target language
variety of familiar situations and topics. in situations relating to their personal lives. Students will be
Assessment: 100% in course introduced to the concept of learner autonomy in language
learning.
LEVEL: I Assessment: 100% in course
SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE CODE: FREN 0350 LEVEL: I
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 3A SEMESTER: I & II
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2 COURSE CODE: SPAN 0151
PREREQUISITE: FREN 0251 COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL 1B
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2
LEARNING (CLL) PREREQUISITE: SPAN 0150
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 2B LEARNING (CLL)
French. Students will start showing a degree of fluency in the COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading
four different skills. Students will demonstrate more of the and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 1A
behaviours and attitudes of independent learners. Spanish. Students will enhance their ability to communicate
Assessment: 100% in course in the target language in situations relating to themselves and
areas of immediate relevance. Students will continue to develop
LEVEL: I their autonomy in language learning.
SEMESTER: I & II Assessment: 100% in course
COURSE TITLE: FRENCH LEVEL 3B LEVEL: I
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2 SEMESTER: I & II
PREREQUISITE: FREN 0350 COURSE CODE: SPAN 0250
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL 2A
LEARNING (CLL) NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading PREREQUISITE: SPAN 0151
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 3A DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE
French. LEARNING (CLL)
Students will be able to demonstrate increased ease when COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading
interacting orally and in writing. Students will demonstrate and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 1B
more of the behaviours and attitudes of independent learners. Spanish.
Assessment: 100% in course Students will be able to function increasingly independently in
all four skills in familiar situations and topics.
104
LEVEL: I
SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE CODE: SPAN 0251
APPENDICES
COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL 2B I. SPECIAL REGULATIONS
PREREQUISITE: SPAN 0250 GOVERNING THE SUMMER
LEARNING (CLL) SCHOOL
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading 1. “Summer” School Students shall be required to comply
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 2A with the General Regulations for students.
Spanish.
Students will be able to function more independently in a Period of Study
variety of familiar situations and topics. 2. Classes in the“Summer”School shall normally be conducted
Assessment: 100% in course during the period June 1 and July 31.
3. The minimum contact period in the “Summer” School shall
LEVEL: I be no less than thirteen (13) hours per credit.
SEMESTER: I & II
COURSE CODE: SPAN 0350 Eligibility for Admission to the “Summer” School
COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL 3A 4. The following categories are eligible for admission to the
NUMBER OF CREDITS: 2 Summer School:¬
PREREQUISITE: SPAN 0251 i. Registered students of the University who have
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE not yet completed the requirements of the degree,
LEARNING (CLL) diploma or certificate programme for which they are
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading registered.
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 2B ii. Students of the University who have been granted
Spanish. Students will start showing a degree of fluency in (a) leave of absence for Semester I and/or Semester
the four different skills. Students will demonstrate more of the II or part thereof preceding the Summer School or (b)
behaviours and attitudes of independent learners. deferral of entry.
Assessment: 100% in course iii. Other persons not students of the University who are
eligible to matriculate at either the normal or lower
LEVEL: I level.
SEMESTER: I & II 5. Summer School students who have not been offered a place
COURSE CODE: SPAN O351 0351 at the University have no automatic right of acceptance
COURSE TITLE: SPANISH LEVEL 3B into any Faculty of the University (Ref. 7 (iii) above).
PREREQUISITE: SPAN 0350 Applications
DEPARTMENT RESPONSIBLE: CENTRE FOR LANGUAGE 6. Applications for admission to a Summer School must be
LEARNING (CLL) made on the appropriate form. and shall be submitted to
COURSE DESCRIPTION: A four skill (listening, speaking, reading the Registry no later than Monday following the last day of
and writing) course that builds on the work done in Level 3A Semester II together with appropriate documentation.*
Spanish. Students will be able to demonstrate increased ease 7. Offers of entry to the Summer School shall be made by the
when interacting orally and in writing. Students will demonstrate Registry no later than May 26 or one (1) week prior to the
more of the behaviours and attitudes of independent learners. start of the Summer School.
Registration
8. Summer School Students shall be required to pay the
appropriate fees and to complete and submit their
registration form’s to the Registry no later than May 31.
9. Summer School Students shall not normally be permitted
to register for more than three (3) one-semester courses
(usually nine (9) credits) in any given Summer School.
10. Registration for a course offered in the Summer School
implies registration for the examination of that course.
Late Registration
11. In cases where results are declared after May 31, students
may be permitted to register up to the end of the second
week of the Summer School session.
105
Examinations Policy for Exemption and Credits for Summer

12. Examinations for courses taught in the Summer School School Programmes
shall be conducted in accordance with the University 22. Students who hold certificates (e.g. CPA, CPSHRM. and
Examination Regulations. CLGS) entering any Certificate programme offered by the
* For categories (i) and (ii) of Clause 7 - students must Faculty of Social Sciences, Summer Programme may be
submit a copy of their most recent grade slip. For category granted no more than nine (9) credits in cases where they
(iii) of Clause 7 - students must submit their original CXC are eligible for exemptions and credits.
and/or GCE O- and A-Level Certificates. 23. Students requesting exemptions and credits for more than
13. Question papers for Summer School examinations should nine (9) credits may be granted exemptions only and be
ideally be submitted to the Registry at the same time as required to replace the others with any Level I or Certificate
the Semester I or Semester II question papers, and in any courses for credits.
case shall be submitted no later than the beginning of the 24. Students who hold B.Sc. Degrees, entering the Diploma
Summer School. in Security Administration (DSA) offered by the Faculty of
14. Summer School students shall write the University Social Sciences, Summer Programme may also be granted
examinations appropriate to the course(s) for which they no more than nine (9) credits.
are registered. 25. Students requesting exemptions and credits for more than
nine (9) credits may be granted exemptions only and be
Declaration of Results required to replace the others with any Level I or any Level
15. Results for the Summer School examinations shall be II or III courses once they have the prerequisites.
dealt with in accordance with the University Examinations
Regulations and shall be declared no later than August 31. Key:
16. Students who register for a course and do not write the CPA: Certificate in Public Administration
examination shall be deemed by the Board of Examiners to CPSHRM: Certificate in Public Sector Human Resource
have failed the course unless an application for withdrawal Management
has been received by the Registry within the time specified CLGS: Certificate in Local Government
below.
Change of Registration II. SPECIAL REGULATIONS

17. Summer School students may apply for a change of
registration by submitting a change of registration (add/ FOR THE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC
drop) form. to the Registry no later than the end of the
second week of the Summer School session.
SECTOR MANAGEMENT
Application for Withdrawal
(ALL SEMESTERS)
1. The Diploma in Public Sector Management will be
18. Summer School students may apply to withdraw from a awarded to persons who, having completed the course of
course or courses by writing to the Campus Registrar. study prescribed by these regulations, have satisfied the
19. Applications for withdrawal from a course must reach the examiners in the examination for the Diploma.
Campus Registrar no later than the end of the 2nd week of
the Summer School session. Qualifications for Admission
2. To be admitted to the prescribed course of study for the
Credit/Exemption Diploma, candidates must:-
20. Registered students of the University including those on i. be graduates of an approved university; OR
approved leave of absence shall be given credit for courses ii. hold an approved technical or professional
successfully completed at the Summer School (Ref. 7 (i) qualification awarded by an approved body; OR
& (ii) above). Unless they register expressly not for credit iii. have in the opinion of the University, practical
students may not subsequently have such credit altered. experience or other qualifications of special relevance
21. Persons in categories (iii) of Regulation 7 above who are to the course. Persons seeking admission, who do not
accepted into the University may be granted credit/ satisfy the requirements at (i) or (ii) will normally be
exemption for courses successfully completed in the required to have had about five (5) years experience
Summer School provided that five (5) years have not in executive or administrative work.
elapsed since the completion of the relevant course(s). 3. A candidate registered for the Diploma in Public Sector
Management who reaches the prescribed standard for
Note: Participation of students in the Summer session shall the Diploma in Public Sector Management in each of ten
be optional. (10) papers; and fails to reach a standard, in the last two (2)
papers, high enough for referral, may be recommended by
examiners for a Certificate in Public Administration.
106
4. A student who has been referred in two (2) papers in the

Diploma in Public Sector Management and who on re- IV. SPECIAL REGULATIONS
examination fails to reach the prescribed standard may be
recommended by the examiners for a Certificate in Public
FOR THE DIPLOMA IN
Administration. SECURITY ADMINISTRATION
Award of Diploma 1. The Diploma in Security Administration (DSA) is an intensive
5. The Diploma will normally be conferred only after successful programme designed to better prepare public and private
completion of all required courses. sector security officials and executives to administer their
respective duties.
III. SPECIAL REGULATIONS Duration
FOR THE DIPLOMA IN 2. Approximately one (1) academic year (over two (2) Summer
sessions) for full-time study or approximately two (2)
CARIBBEAN STUDIES academic years (over three (3) Summer sessions) for part-
time study.
(SUMMER PROGRAMME
Target Audience
ONLY) 3. The DSA is aimed at first division officers, middle and senior
1. This programme is structured on the assumption that level ranks in the Police Service, Defence fForce, Prisons and
to understand the Caribbean an integrated approach Fire Services and also private security firms.
is necessary and must accordingly involve the various
disciplines in the Arts and Social Sciences. The Diploma Qualifications for Admission
therefore will consist of a broad range of subjects taken 4. Candidates will be accepted into the DSA based on either
over an intensive four-month period. of the following:
2. Lectures / seminars and tutorials will normally be conducted • Holder of an approved university degree.
in English. • Holder of approved technical or professional
qualifications.
Duration • Practical experience or other qualifications bearing
3. Two (2) Summer semesters special relevance to the course.
• Graduate of the Security Management programme
Target Audience offered by the UWI School of Continuing Studies.
i. Former graduates of The University of the West Indies
whose first degree did not include the Social Sciences Award of Diploma
or who want to upgrade their skills. 5. The Diploma shall be awarded to persons who have
ii. Persons outside the Caribbean whose ambition it is to completed thirty (30) credits (equivalent to ten (10)
acquire some specialist knowledge of the Caribbean. semester courses) and have satisfied the examiners of the
Diploma.
4. A first degree in any field or equivalent qualification.
Award of Diploma
5. The Diploma will normally be conferred only after successful
completion of all required courses.
107
V. SPECIAL REGULATIONS Target Audience

3. The CLGS is specifically targeted to persons working in
FOR THE CERTIFICATE IN local government organisations and/or persons who wish
to better understand the operations of such systems.
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Qualifications for Admission
(All Semesters) 4. To be admitted to the CLGS, candidates must satisfy lower
1. The Certificate in Public Administration shall be awarded level matriculation, that is, five (5) O-Levels inclusive of
to persons who, having completed the course of study English Language. In addition, they must have at least five
prescribed by these Regulations, have satisfied the (5) years of practical work experience. Special consideration
examiners in the examination for the Certificate. will be given to unqualified mature persons who have
substantive working experience.
2. To be admitted to the prescribed course of study for the 5. Cognizant of the specific focus of this programme,
Certificate in Public Administration, candidates must:- preferential consideration will be given to Councillors
iii. be matriculated students of the University; and and Aldermen. For such candidates, the five-year working
iv. have in the opinion of the University, practical experience criterion will be waived for those who satisfy
experience or other qualifications of special relevance the lower level matriculation. For unqualified Councillors
to the course. Persons seeking admission will normally and Aldermen, they should have served at least one year
be required to have had about five years’ experience in office.
of civil service work or other relevant experience.
3. Candidates seeking admission, who do not satisfy the Award of Certificate
requirements at 2(i) but who are deemed capable of doing 6. The CLGS will be awarded to candidates who have
the standard of work required for the Certificate may be completed thirty (30) credits (equivalent to ten (10)
permitted to enter the Certificate course, at the discretion semester courses) and have satisfied the examiners for the
of the Faculty. Certificate.
Award of the Certificate
4. 4. In order to be awarded the Certificate in Public
Administration, a student must complete thirty (30) credits
VII. SPECIAL REGULATIONS
(equivalent to ten (10) semester courses). FOR THE CERTIFICATE
VI. SPECIAL REGULATIONS IN MANAGEMENT
FOR THE CERTIFICATE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS
LOCAL GOVERNMENT 1. The Certificate in Management Information Systems
(CMIS) is part of the Faculty’s drive to better serve the MIS
STUDIES environment. Upon completion, participants should be
able to function competently and efficiently in an MIS or
(Summer Programme Only) any other environment in which the computer plays a key
1. The Certificate in Local Government Studies (CLGS) allows role.
students to develop a basic understanding of how local
government systems operate in the Commonwealth Duration
Caribbean. The course of study analyses different form’s 2. Approximately two (2) academic years (over three (3)
of local government as they exist in the region as well as Summers)
give appreciation of local government systems in different
parts of the world. Other issues to be considered will be Target Audience
constraints within the local government systems along 3. This course is intended principally for persons currently
with various local, regional and international organisations employed in computer related occupations but who lack
that play a part in the advancement of Caribbean local formal training in the area.
government.
Duration
2. Approximately two (2) academic years (over three (3)
Summer Semesters).
108
Qualifications for Admission Qualifications for Admission

(i) Five (5) Ordinary Level/CXC General passes, including 7. To be admitted to the Certificate in Public Sector Human
Mathematics and English Language, or some Resource Management (CHRM), candidates must (i) satisfy
equivalent qualification lower level matriculation, that is, five (5) O-Levels inclusive
(ii) At least two (2) years experience in a computer of English Language and (ii) possess practical experience
environment award of Certificate or other qualifications of special relevance to the course.
4. The CMIS shall be awarded to persons who have completed 8. Persons seeking admission will normally be required to
thirty (30) credits (equivalent to ten (10) semester courses) have had about five (5) years’ experience of civil service
and have satisfied the examiners for the Certificate. work or other relevant experience.
9. The Faculty may use its discretion in accepting candidates

VIII. SPECIAL REGULATIONS who do not satisfy the requirements mentioned above but
who are deemed capable of doing the standard of work
FOR THE CERTIFICATE IN required for the Certificate.
PUBLIC SECTOR HUMAN Award of Certificate

1. The CHRM shall be awarded to persons who have completed
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT thirty (30) credits (equivalent to ten (10) semester courses)
(Summer Programme Only) and have satisfied the examiners for the Certificate.
1. The intention of this programme is to sensitize lower level
managers within the public sector, and even the private
sector to some of the changes taking place within the
public sector and hopefully, to equip them to face these
changes.
2. In recent years, the public sectors in the Caribbean, as
elsewhere, have been involved in attempts at administrative
reform.
3. A critical focus of this new management philosophy is
human resource management. Indeed the new thrust is
increasingly a change from what was traditionally regarded
as personnel administration to what is now perceived as a
question of the proper management of human resources.
This has necessitated a fundamental restructuring of the
various units involved in human resource management
within the local and regional public services.
Duration
4. Approximately two (2) academic years (over three (3)
Summers)
Target Audience
5. The programme will prove useful particularly to public
servants at the levels of Administrative Officer IIs,
Cadets, Administrative Assistants and Clerk IVs as well as
Supervisors of equivalent status.
6. The programme is focused on five core areas,

a. Organisational Theory and Behaviour
b. Industrial Relations
c. Human Resource Management
d. Compensation Management
e. Human Resource Development
109
110
IX. Pre-Requisite Listing for Cross Faculty Courses
FSA
FSA FSA FSA
FSA FSA FSA Computer Major in FSA
B.Sc. B.Sc. Human Minor in
Banner Fox FSS B.Sc. Chemistry Major in Science & Foods & Minor in
Title Agribusiness Nutrition & Sports
Code Code Prerequisites & Management Agribusiness Management Food Service Entrepreneurship
Management Dietetics Nutrition
Prerequisites Prerequisites Prerequisites Management Prerequisites
Prerequisites Prerequisites Prerequisites
Prerequisites
U N D E R G R A D U A T E
This course is
Introduction This course is This course is Not
Not offered to
ACCT 1002 MS15E to Financial NONE NONE NONE Not offered to NONE NONE NONE offered to these
these students
Accounting these students students
Introduction
to Cost and This course is This course is Not This course is
This course is
ACCT 1003 MS15F Managerial NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Not offered to
Accounting these students students these students
these students
ACCT 1002/
MS15E -
Introduction
to Financial
Accounting
This course is Not This course is This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
Management AND ACCT ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and
ACCT 2017 MS25C offered to these Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Accounting 1003/MS15F ACCT 1003 ACCT 1003
students these students these students these students students these students
- Introduction
to Cost and
Managerial
Accounting
Introduction This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
COMP 1011 CS10M to Information NONE NONE Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Technology these students these students students these students these students students these students
R E G U L A T I O N S & S Y L L A B U S E S
This course is This course is This course is This course is This course is Not
Introduction to This course is
ECON 1001 EC10D NONE NONE Not offered to Not offered to NONE Not offered to Not offered to offered to these
Economics I Not offered to
these students these students these students these students students
these students
2 0 1 0
This course is Not This course is This course is This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
Introduction to
–
ECON 1002 EC10F NONE offered to these Not offered to Not offered to NONE Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Economics II
students these students these students these students these students students these students
2 0 1 1
FSA
FSA FSA FSA
Prerequisites
Introduction to This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not
This course is
ECON 1005 EC160 Statistics (Year NONE NONE Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these
Not offered to
long) these students these students students these students these students students
these students
ECON 1001/
EC10D -
Introduction
to Economics
AGBU 1005
I, ECON
OR ECON 1001
Intermediate 1002/EC10F- This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
AND AGRI 1003
ECON 2000 EC20A Microeconomics Introduction to offered to these Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
OR ECON 1003
I Economics II students these students students these students these students students these students
and AGBU 1006
OR ECON 1002
AND ECON
1003/EC141-
Introduction to
Mathematics I
ACCT 1002/
MS15E -
Introduction
to Financial ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and This course is Not This course is
MGMT Principles of ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and
MS20A Accounting ECON 1001 or ECON 1001 or ECON 1001 or ECON 1001 OR offered to these Not offered to
2003 Marketing ECON 1001 ECON 1001
and ECON AGBU 1005 AGBU 1005 AGBU 1005 AGBU 1005 students these students
1001/EC10D -
Introduction to
Economics I
Management This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT
MS21B Information NONE offered to these NONE Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
2006
Systems I students these students students these students these students students these students
MGMT 2003/
MS20A -
Principles of
This course is Not This course is This course is Not MGMT 2003 This course is MGMT 2003
MGMT Introduction to Marketing MGMT 2003 and MGMT 2003 and
MS21E offered to these Not offered to offered to these and MGMT Not offered to and MGMT
2007 E-Commerce AND MGMT MGMT 2006 MGMT 2006
students these students students 2006 these students 2006
2006/MS21B -
2 0 1 0
Management
–
Information
Systems I
2 0 1 1
111
FSA
112
FSA FSA FSA
Prerequisites
SOCI 1002/
SY13E -
Introduction MGMT 1001 or MGMT 1001 OR This course is MGMT 1001 OR MGMT 1001 OR MGMT 1001 This course is Not This course is
MGMT Organisational
MS22A to Sociology SOCI 1002 or SOCI 1002 OR Not offered to SOCI 1002 OR SOCI 1002 OR OR SOCI 1002 offered to these Not offered to
2008 Behaviour
I OR MGMT AGEX 1000 AGEX 1000 these students AGEX 1000 AGEX 1000 OR AGEX 1000 students these students
1001/MS12A -
Introduction to
Management
MGMT 1001/
MS12A -
Introduction to This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not MGMT 1001 OR
MGMT Sociology of
MS22G Management offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these SOCI 1002 OR
2009 Sports
OR SOCI students these students these students students these students these students students AGEX 1000
1002/SY13E -
Introduction to
Sociology I
Introduction
This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not
MGMT to Sport
MS22M NONE NONE Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these NONE
2010 Management
these students students these students these students students
ECON 1002/
EC10F -
ECON 1002
Introduction This course is This course is This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT Quantitative and CHEM ECON 1002 and
MS23C to Economics Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
2012 Methods 1061 – Intro to MATH 1140
II AND ECON these students these students these students these students students these students
Chemistry II
1003/EC141 -
Introduction to
Mathematics I
MGMT
MS27A Business Law NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE
2021
MGMT 2010/
MS22M -
Introduction
to Sport
Management This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not
MGMT The Law and
MS27E AND Normally offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these MGMT 2010
2 0 1 0
2022 Sports
open to students these students these students students these students these students students
students
–
pursuing
the Sports
Management
Major or Minor
2 0 1 1
FSA
FSA FSA FSA
Prerequisites
ACCT 1002/
MS15E -
Introduction
ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and ACCT 1002 and This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT Financial to Financial ACCT 1002 and
MS28D ECON 1003 OR ECON 1003 OR ECON 1003 OR Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
2023 Management I Accounting MATH 1140
CHEM 1061 AGRI 1003 AGRI 1003 these students these students students these students
AND ECON
1003/EC141 -
Introduction to
Mathematics I
ECON 1001/
EC10D -
ECON 1001 and
Introduction This course is This course is This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT Managerial CHEM 1061 - ECON 1001 and
MS26A to Economics Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
2032 Economics Introductory MATH 1140
I AND ECON these students these students these students these students students these students
Chemistry II
1003/EC141 -
Introduction to
Mathematics I
MGMT 2006/
Management This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT MS21B -
MS31B Information offered to these MGMT 2006 Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
3011 Management
Systems II students these students students these students these students students these students
Information
Systems I
MGMT 2008/ This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT Human Resource
MS32A MS22A - offered to these MGMT 2008 Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
3017 Management
Organisational students these students students these students these students students these students
Behaviour
Sport Marketing MGMT 2003/ This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not
MGMT
MS32N and Public MS20A - offered to these Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these MGMT 2003
3027
Relations Principles of students these students students these students these students students
Marketing
MGMT 2008/
MS22A -
Organisational
Behaviour,
Small Business
MGMT 2003/
Management This course is Not MGMT 2008 and This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
2 0 1 0
MGMT MS20A-
MS33A (NOT BEING offered to these MGMT 2003 and Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
3030 Principles of
–
OFFERED THIS students MGMT 2023 these students students these students these students students these students
Marketing
YEAR)
AND
MGMT 2023/
MS28D -
Financial
2 0 1 1
Management I
113
FSA
114
FSA FSA FSA
Prerequisites
MGMT 2008/
MS22A -
Organisational This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is
MGMT Entrepreneurial MGMT 2008 and MGMT 2008 and
MS33C Behaviour, offered to these Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to Not offered to
3032 Studies MGMT 2023 MGMT 2023
MGMT 2023/ students these students students these students these students these students
MS28D -
Financial
Management I
MGMT 2012/ This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT Production and This course is
MS39M MS23C - MGMT 2012 Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
3057 Operations Not offered to
Quantitative these students students these students these students students these students
these students
Methods
MGMT 3057/
Operations, This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
MGMT MS39M -
MS39P Planning and MGMT 3057 Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
3060 Production and
Control these students these students students these students these students students these students
Operations
MGMT 2003/
This course is Not This course is This course is This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
Marketing MS20A -
MKTG 3000 MS30A offered to these Not offered to Not offered to MGMT 2003 Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Management Principles of
students these students these students these students these students students these students
Marketing
MGMT 2003/
MS20A -
Principles of
Marketing,
MGMT 2012/
This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
Marketing MS23C -
MKTG 3007 MS30D offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Planning Quantitative
students these students these students students these students these students students these students
Methods,
AND MGMT
2023/MS28D-
Financial
Management I
Introduction This course is This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is
This course is Not
PSYC 1004 PS11B to Social NONE NONE Not offered to offered to these NONE Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
offered to these
Psychology these students students these students students these students
2 0 1 0
students
–
2 0 1 1
FSA
FSA FSA FSA
Prerequisites
PSYC 1003/
PS14A -
Introduction
Selected
to Psychology This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is
Theories PSYC 1003 OR
PSYC 2011 PS24D OR PSYC offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
in Social PSYC 1004
1004/PS11B - students these students these students students these students students these students
Psychology
Introduction
to Social
Psychology
PSYC 1003/
PS14A -
Introduction
to Psychology This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is Not This course is
Developmental PSYC 1003 OR
PSYC 2012 PS24E OR PSYC offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Psychology PSYC 1004
1004/PS11B - students these students these students students these students students these students
Introduction
to Social
Psychology
This course is This course is This course is Not This course is This course is This course is Not This course is
Introduction to
SOCI 1002 SY13E NONE NONE Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
Sociology I
these students these students students these students these students students these students
SOCI 1002/
SY13E-
Introduction
to Sociology
I OR SOCI
1000/SY13F -
Introduction
Sociology of This course is Not AGEX 1000 and This course is This course is Not AGEX 1000 and This course is This course is Not This course is
to Sociology
SOCI 3005 SY31C Health and offered to these SOCI 2000 OR Not offered to offered to these SOCI 2000 OR Not offered to offered to these Not offered to
II, SOCI 2000/
Illness students SOCI 2001 these students students SOCI 2001 these students students these students
SY20E -
Classical Social
Theory OR
SOCI 2001/
SY20F -
Modern Social
theory
2 0 1 0
–
2 0 1 1
115
116

Socsci Undergrad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Socsci Undergrad

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Socsci Undergrad

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

U N D E R G R A D U A T E R E G U L A T I O N S & S Y L L A B U S E S 2 0 1 0 – 2 0 1 1

THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Message from the Dean......................................................... 3

General Regulations for Diploma Programmes................. 28 Political Science (Government) Minor....................................... 52

MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN

I take pleasure in directing your attention to the contents of the

Once again, I invite you to explore our environment. It is our

B.Sc. Leadership and Management

DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF

B.Sc. Economics B.Sc. Accounting Certificate in Public Administration

ACADEMIC Calender 2010/2011

ACTIVITY SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 3 (SUMMER)

Registration Week August 30 – September 4, 2010

Orientation & Icebreaker (UWI LIFE) September 3, 2010

Semester Begins August 29, 2010 January 23, 2011

Matriculation Ceremony September 16, 2010

Late registration/late payment Fee of TT$200.00 June 6, 2011

Teaching Ends December 3, 2010 April 21, 2011 July 9, 2011

GRADUATION (St Augustine) October 29 & 30, 2010

IT OFFICER III Ag. ACCOUNTING ASSISTANT

Ms. Anita Daniel Alea-Albada, Nicole (Dr.)

Mr. Kwasi Jobity Bissessar, Anne Marie (Professor)

Lascelles, Kristy (Dr.) Sullivan, Susan (Dr.)

Marshall, Ronald (Dr.) Seepersad, Randy (Dr.)

Nathaniel de Caries, Karene-Anne Department of Economics

Rollocks, Steve (Dr.) CLERICAL ASSISTANT

ACADEMIC STAFF Pantin, Dennis A. (Professor) (on leave 2010-2011)

Attzs, Marlene (Dr.) Scott, Ewan (Dr.)

Laptiste, Christine (Ms.) Ms. Patsy Marcano

Mohammed, Anne-Marie (Dr.)

ACADEMIC STAFF Doukas, Spiro (Dr.)

Ramlakhan, Prakash (Mr.) Mr. Garth Joseph

Simms, Errol (Mr.) DEFINITIONS

d. Exemption in whole or in part from the requirements

Requirements for Entry to Level II and

Requirements for the Award of the • International Tourism Management

c. In the Faculty of Social Sciences at the St. Augustine

d. A student failing a course may, subject to the rate of

e. All optional courses (electives) listed in the various Coursework

l. Students are asked to pay special attention to

c. A student who has successfully pursued both a UWI

(ii) Students who are desirous of pursuing Level I Management

7. Franchise students are required to address all requests

8. Franchise students are required to hold all letters of approval

1.5 Student Orientation and Academic Advising Sessions

of Social Sciences Course of Study

iv. Students who are not successful in the MPT

Level I Requirements b. have satisfied the requirements for their specific

7.3.5 Students may also request to combine a Social Sciences Registration/Examinations

j. A student who does not take an examination in a course

c. In exceptional circumstances, the Dean may grant a Withdrawal

iv. Lower Division

(ii) In the calculation of the weighted GPA, a weight of zero

(iv) A course designated at registration as not for credit

(v) Core courses satisfying the requirements of

(vi) The class of degree shall be awarded as follows:

General Regulations for Oral Examination for

Notification of Results 3. An evening student shall normally register for a maximum

6. The results of the examination shall be published in a